Universal Technical Institute Annual Report 2011

FY2011 Annual Report · Universal Technical Institute
Loading PDF…
 ANNUAL REPORT 2011

Dear Shareholders,

 “…we have no illusions about the challenges ahead in 2011.” 

          Opening paragraph, 2010 UTI Annual Report. 

How true that statement turned out to be. There were, and always 
will be, challenges. Yet even with some moderate declines in certain 
ﬁ nancial and operational measures, 2011 proved to be a deﬁ ning 
year for Universal Technical Institute (UTI). It was a year in which 
despite the challenges, we stayed true to our purpose of changing 
the world one life at a time and once again delivered very strong 
educational and employment outcomes.

While  the  poor  economy  was  everyone’s  story,  the  uncertainty 
surrounding new regulatory rules was a chapter unique to the for-
proﬁ t education market. Once those debates had ceased and reg-
ulatory changes were implemented by the Department of Education, 
UTI was ready to move forward.

These deep regulatory changes and strong macroeconomic head-
winds put negative pressure on the business, but they did not steer 
us off course. 

Our  investments  in  new  and  innovative  curriculum  and  campus 
models returned impressive results as our Dallas/Fort Worth facility 
concluded  its  first  year  of  operation.  We  also  saw  significant 
improvement in the percentage of graduates getting jobs in the 
industry – a critical measure of our success. Further, to address a 
changing landscape, we began to lay the groundwork for reimagining 
our  approach  to  student  marketing  and  recruitment,  enabling  us 
to better attract and serve those students who are looking to fulﬁ ll 
their dreams of a technical career.

So in telling the story of Fiscal 2011, we tell one of two parallel paths: 

On  the  ﬁ rst  path,  we  found  ourselves  on  defense,  making  tough 
decisions and ﬁ ghting hard for every student, for every dollar and 
for the legitimacy of our business sector. On the other, we stood ﬁ rm 
in an offensive position with sights ﬁ rmly focused on the future by 
reinventing the company and enhancing a business - and training - 
model for continued improvement and success.

We believe our company and our employees succeeded in striking 
this  difﬁ cult  balance,  and  we  are  prepared  to  squarely  meet  new 

challenges  and  to  grow  ever-stronger.  This  rings  as  clear  for  our 
organization as it does for our students.

Financial and Operational Results
As  anticipated,  economic  headwinds  and  regulatory  pressures 
resulted  in  varied  ﬁ nancial  outcomes  during  FY  2011.  Revenue 
increased  3.7%  to  $452  million.  Net  income  declined  5.5%  to 
$27  million  as  we  absorbed  a  severance  expense  of  $4.3  million 
(pre-tax) to cover the costs of a reduction in our workforce. Diluted 
earnings per share were $1.10 for the year versus $1.18 last year, 
a decrease of 6.8%

The upstream pressures we began to see towards the end of ﬁ scal 
2010 – lagging inquiries, fewer student applications and weaker 
new student starts – became a downstream reality in ﬁ scal 2011 
as we had signiﬁ cantly fewer students in school at year end.

Yet,  as  we  came  to  the  end  of  a  challenging  ﬁ scal  year,  we  also 
recognized several operational successes. Even with compensation 
and process changes brought on by the new regulations, our ﬁ eld 
admissions  team  produced  even  more  new  high  school  and  mili-
tary student applications than the previous year. In an economic 
environment that made it challenging for our students to stay in 
school,  nearly  all  of  our  campuses  maintained  or  improved  their 
persistence rates for the year. 

Most  impressive  was  the  meaningful  improvement  in  the  reason 
UTI  exists:  the  success  rate  of  UTI  graduates  ﬁ nding  jobs  in  the 
auto, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine industries. The 
feedback from our industry partners conﬁ rms that UTI is producing 
premium  graduates  who  are  hard-working  and  professional.  The 
employment rate for our ﬁ scal 2010 graduates was 85%1 compared 
to 81%1 for the prior year. Given the very difﬁ cult general economic 
environment this past year, these are truly outstanding results and 
a reﬂ ection of the value of UTI and our industry relationships.

Headquartered in Scottsdale, Arizona, Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (NYSE: UTI) is the leading provider of post-secondary education for students 
seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians. With more than 150,000 graduates in its 
46-year history, UTI offers undergraduate degree, diploma and certiﬁ cate programs at 11 campuses across the United States, as well as manufacturer-
speciﬁ c training programs at dedicated training centers. Through its campus-based school system, UTI provides specialized post-secondary education 
programs under the banner of several well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute (UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine 
Mechanics Institute (MMI) and NASCAR Technical Institute (NTI). To learn more about UTI and its training services, log on to www.uti.edu.

1 For 2010, UTI had approximately 11,200 total graduates, of which approximately 10,500 were available for employment. Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 
8,900 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 85%. For 2009, UTI had approximately 10,800 total graduates, of which approximately 10,100 were 
available for employment. Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 8,200 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 81%.

Business Environment and Our Response
The  sheer  pace  and  volume  of  change  in  our  environment  made 
2011 unique. The conﬂ uence of regulatory and economic headwinds 
made it so.

The U.S. Department of Education’s revamping of regulatory rules 
governing our industry, congressional oversight of the regulatory 
process  and  its  coverage  by  the  media  created  numerous  chal-
lenges for the sector. UTI responded with absolute transparency and 
candor. We adapted to the new rules while ensuring we could live up 
to the values that have deﬁ ned our brand and public reputation for 
nearly a half century.

The  slow  national  recovery  from  recession  has  had  an  impact  on 
three critical factors for our business: (1) The attitude of consumers 
toward debt; (2) the access to funding sources for our students and; 
(3)  the  relationship  between  improving  employment  trends  and 
student enrollment.

Since  virtually  all  of  UTI’s  students  receive  funding  assistance  of 
some kind, concerns about debt are a reality for prospective stu-
dents considering how to ﬁ nance their education. Also, the Federal 
government, hard hit by its own rising debt, reduced funding related 
to Pell Grants.

internally: emphasizing the importance of education and informing 
prospective students on the potential beneﬁ ts a UTI education can 
bring to their careers.

The  auto  and  diesel  industries  continued  their  gradual  recovery 
from the recession of 2007–2009. With more jobs available, our stu-
dents ﬁ lled more of them and employment rates in those industries 
showed  improvement.  The  recovery  in  the  motorcycle  and  marine 
industries was slower, and our employment results reﬂ ect this as 
well. The good news is there is at least some job growth across all of 
these segments. That growth bodes well for our students and their 
prospects for employment following graduation.

In ﬁ scal 2011, UTI made good on our promise of delivering qualiﬁ ed 
graduates to our Industry customers, graduating more than 12,700 
prepared students.

Innovation in the Classroom and in the Market
In 2010 we launched two critical innovations: (1) the pioneering of 
a customized campus model and leading edge curriculum and; (2) 
opening a new campus for UTI (in Dallas/Ft.Worth). These advance-
ments  establish  a  three-pronged  approach  to  training,  one  that 
better  reﬂ ects  how  Industry  trains  their  existing  employees.  The 

UTI is taking direct action on the ﬁ rst two issues; ﬁ rst by improving 
our  communications  surrounding  available  sources  of  funding 
support whether it is scholarships, grants or loans. We continue to 
offer  both  merit  and  need-based  scholarships  and  we  plan  to 
increase the amount of need-based scholarships awarded in 2012. 
Further, we are planning to make our proprietary loan program more 
accessible to students who may not understand that this alternative 
loan solution is available to them.

In terms of the impact of employment trends, improvement at a 
national level  is  historically  a  negative  for  UTI  because  it  creates 
more options for our target groups: graduating high school stu-
dents, adults seeking a career change and military service mem-
bers ending their enlistments. The year 2011 was a bit different in 
this regard as were the myriad of dynamics across the U.S. economy. 
As  such,  we  remained  focused  on  the  tactics  we  could  control 

model  now  integrates  Web-based,  interactive  technologies  with 
UTI’s  proven  hands-on  lab  and  classroom  curriculum.  Led  by 
experienced, professional instructors, the advanced new curriculum 
is  proving  both  efficient  and  effective  in  preparing  students 
for successful careers. The new campus model results in a smaller 
campus  footprint,  is  designed  for  a  commuter  population  and  is 
driven by a commitment to the local, sustainable employability of 
our graduates.

In 2011, after one year of operation, these innovations have been 
met with the approval of students, instructors and employers. Also, 
our  Dallas/Ft.Worth  campus  became  proﬁ table  even  earlier  than 
expected.  In  2012,  we  will  introduce  the  new  curriculum  to  UTI’s 
Avondale,  Arizona  facility  in  the  spring  and  at  a  second  existing 
campus later in the year.

GRADUATE
EMPLOYMENT RATE*

*In 2010, of the approximately 10,500 new UTI graduates 
available for employment, approximately 8,900 were employed 
within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 85%. 

85%

National Graduate 
Employment Rate

...we continue to focus on what is most important: 
“
    quality education and employment outcomes for our students, 
“
    working hand-in-hand with the most advanced brands in the Industry.

Innovation  will  also  drive  our  advertising  and  marketing  strategy  in 
2012. We have revamped our written and visual language to represent 
our position of strength and to reﬂ ect UTI’s industry leadership role. Our 
new tagline conveys it best:

                  “Chosen by Industry. Ready to Work.” TM

It’s  not  only  about  the  tagline,  of  course.  The  brand  platform  focuses 
on  our  premium  position  in  the  market  and  aligns  more  closely  with 
Industry, while emphasizing our relationships with the premium players 
in  the  automotive,  motorcycle,  marine,  diesel  and  collision  repair 
segments. The strategy better articulates the quality of our instructors 
and the importance of our state-of-the-industry facilities in preparing 
our graduates to enter the workforce as prepared technicians.

Emphasizing UTI’s Position as “Industry’s Choice” 
Our unparalleled roster of formal industry relationships is a competitive 
and  operational  advantage  that  only  UTI  can  claim.  We  are  proud  to 
closely partner with some of the world’s greatest brands: BMW, Cummins, 
Daimler Trucks (Freightliner), Ford, Harley-Davidson, American Honda 
(motorcycle), Kawasaki, Mercedes-Benz, Mercury Marine, MINI Cooper, 
NASCAR,  Navistar  (International  Trucks),  Nissan,  Porsche,  American 
Suzuki, Toyota, Volvo, Volvo Penta and Yamaha. In 2011, we were very 
pleased to announce our newest automotive industry relationship with 
American Honda and plan to begin offering this training in early 2012.

These Industry relationships continue to offer a three-way exchange of 
value:  (1)  Students  receive  direct  industry  input  within  our  curricula 
and are eligible for advanced, specialized training and a direct path to 
employment. (2) Industry customers can rely upon a steady supply of 
well-trained, professional entry-level technicians. (3) UTI realizes value 
by associating with some of the world’s greatest Industry brands. 

Outlook
As we look forward to 2012, UTI will continue to innovate. We expect 
economic challenges to persist but we are optimistic we will see some 
improvement in the latter half of the year. We must continue to advance 
our unwavering commitment to providing the best education and training 
for our students to ensure successful careers in Industry, which drives 
successful ﬁ nancial performance for our shareholders.

UTI was built upon a solid foundation of competitive advantages: our 
unparalleled  industry  relationships  and  a  46-year  history  of  training 
well-prepared technicians. This foundation is anchored by our share-
holders, for whom this report is intended. Yet, as we continue to develop 
and strengthen this structure, we must ﬁ rst recognize the people who 
create the value for our students, our industry partners and our share-
holders: the employees of Universal Technical Institute. Their unwavering 
ability and commitment to work through the challenges of 2011, as they 
have in years past, deﬁ nes our vision, mission and our values.

With our team in place and our strategy in motion for the coming year, 
we continue to focus on what is most important: quality education and 
employment outcomes for our students, working hand-in-hand with 
the most advanced brands in the Industry.

Universal Technical Institute: Chosen by Industry. Ready to Work.

John C. White 
Chairman of the Board 

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chief Executive Ofﬁ cer

“If I had to pick between a UTI grad and 
a grad from another school, hands 
down I would hire the UTI grad.”

Reginald Calhoun
Manager of Recruiting and Training,
Cummins Southern Plains (Arlington, TX)

“I would say 99% of the 
people I’ve hired since 2000 
have been UTI grads.” 

Don Yesacavage
Service Manager, Sun Motorcars, 
Mercedes-Benz (Mechanicsburg, PA)

 
U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

Form 10-K

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011

or

‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from

to

Commission File Number 1-31923
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

86-0226984
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

16220 North Scottsdale Road, Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254
(Address of principal executive offices)

(623) 445-9500
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class:

Name of each exchange on which registered:

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the

Securities Act. Yes ‘

No Í

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d)

of the Act. Yes ‘

No Í

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days. Yes Í

No ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate
Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes Í No ‘

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405
of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. ‘

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant

is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”,
“accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ‘ Accelerated filer Í Non-accelerated filer ‘ Smaller reporting company ‘
is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
No Í

Rule 12b-2). Yes ‘

As of November 16, 2011, 24,692,290 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market
value of the shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the last business day of the
Company’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2011) was approximately $429,241,000
(based upon the closing price of the common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock Exchange).
For purposes of this calculation, the Company has excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially
owned by all executive officers and directors of the Company.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are

incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Model
Business Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industry Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schools and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industry Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Recruitment Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Admissions and Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enrollment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Faculty and Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Environmental Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulatory Environment
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 2.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 3.
[REMOVED AND RESERVED] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 4.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM 6.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Results of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Liquidity and Capital Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contractual Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Party Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seasonality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Critical Accounting Estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recent Accounting Pronouncements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK . . . . . . .
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 8.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
ITEM 9.
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
ITEM 12.
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1
2
2
2
3
5
5
9
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
29
45
45
46
46
46

48
50

51
51
52
54
59
62
62
62
62
64
66
67
68

68
68
68

69
69

69

69
69

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70

PART IV

i

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This 2011 Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future financial
performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. From
time to time, we also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we release to the public as well as
verbal forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements
regarding: proposed new programs; scheduled openings of new campuses and campus expansions; expectations
that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated
financial position,
statements concerning projections, predictions,
liquidity;
expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results and future economic
performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions. Such
statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to historical or
current facts. Words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,”
“expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as
well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

results of operations or

We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will be realized, although we believe we have been
prudent in our plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject to risks, uncertainties and
potentially inaccurate assumptions. Many events beyond our control may determine whether results we
anticipate will be achieved. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying
assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from past results and those anticipated,
estimated or projected. You should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements.

Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are advised, however, to
consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our Form 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC).

1

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for students seeking careers as professional
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured by total average
undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at 11
campuses across the United States under the banner of several well-known brands, including Universal Technical
Institute (UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI) and
NASCAR Technical Institute (NTI). We also offer manufacturer-specific advanced training programs including
student paid electives at our campuses and manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at certain campuses and
dedicated training centers.

For the year ended September 30, 2011, our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment was 18,500.

We have provided technical education for 46 years.

Business Model

Our business model is unique and allows us to offer services to our students and the industries we serve. We
provide high quality training using current technology and tools to students which allows us to provide highly
skilled entry-level technicians to employers in the industries we serve, including many companies with which we
have training relationships. These relationships represent formal, sometimes exclusive, agreements with leading
automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine original equipment manufacturers (OEM) and brands. The depth and
breadth of these relationships provides a unique competitive advantage for our company, our students and our
employers.

Our business model provides benefits for three distinct groups: our company, our students and our industry
relationships and employers. We benefit from the high standards and the material and consultative support of our
industry relationships which are key contributors to the overall quality of training and also to our market appeal
to prospective students. Students benefit from our specialized education while improving their opportunities for
employment through our direct relationships with these employers. Our industry relationships and employers
benefit from a steady flow of well-trained entry-level technicians which is the ultimate driver of the dynamics of
our business model.

We are a primary, and often the sole, provider of manufacturer based training programs and we have

relationships with the following OEMs:

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
American Suzuki Motor Corp.
BMW of North America, LLC
Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of

Cummins, Inc.

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.
Navistar International Corp.
Nissan North America, Inc.

Daimler Trucks N.A. (“Freightliner” and

Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.

“Western Star”)

Ford Motor Co.
Harley-Davidson Motor Co.
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.

Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
Volvo Cars of North America, LLC
Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc.
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA

Participating OEMs typically assist us in the development of course content and curricula, while providing
us with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts at reduced prices or at no charge. In some instances they
pay for a student’s tuition. This collaboration enables us to provide highly specialized education to our students,
resulting in enhanced employment opportunities and the potential for higher wages for our graduates.

2

These relationships also support incremental revenue opportunities from training the OEMs’ existing

employees and by providing off-campus training at customer sites or third party locations.

In addition to the OEMs, our industry relationships also extend to after-market retailers, fleet service

providers and enthusiast organizations.

Other target groups for relationship-building, for example parts and tools suppliers and enthusiast
organizations, provide us with a variety of strategic and financial benefits that include equipment sponsorship,
new product support, licensing and branding opportunities and financial sponsorship for our campuses and
students.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to sustain and strengthen our market position as the leading provider of entry-level professional
technician training for the automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine industries. This means
executing our unique business model, based on the competitive advantage of our industry relationships, with
consistently high performance in each of three core operational areas: student recruitment, industry relevant
training and graduate employment services.

With the competitive advantage of our industry relationships, our business model and those three core

operational areas as our foundation, our business strategy is as follows:

• Continuous improvement and innovation in the UTI education experience across our three core

operational areas; and

• Management of our industry relationships to broaden and deepen the involvement of our current

relationships and to attract new industry relationships.

Continuous improvement and innovation in the educational experience across our three core operational
areas.

Student recruitment

Our student recruitment efforts begin with our commitment to offer the best possible student experience.
Such efforts are aligned with our three primary markets for prospective students and are conducted through three
admissions channels:

High School: Field-based representatives develop and maintain relationships with high school guidance
counselors and vocational instructors, as well as students and parents.

Adult: Campus-based representatives serve adult career-seeking or career-changing students.

Military: Our military representatives are strategically located throughout the country and focus on building
relationships within military installations.

Our marketing strategies are designed to align student inquiry generation with specific student segments and
their corresponding recruiting channels. These inquiries are generated, and our brand strengthened, with a
national multimedia marketing strategy that includes television, radio, multiple internet sites, magazines, social
media, direct mail and telemarketing to reach prospective students.

Our industry relationships give us direct input on the latest needs and requirements of employers, which not
recruitment, but also strengthens our curricula and our students’

only guides our prospective student
opportunities for employment after graduation.

As part of our commitment to offering the best possible student experience, we believe that experience
extends from before enrollment to beyond graduation. At each stage, we provide relevant services to assist the
student with tuition financing options, educational and career counseling, opportunities for part-time work and
housing assistance and ultimately graduate employment.

The location of our campuses is a critical success factor in recruiting students and therefore our national
market reach is a significant recruiting advantage. Our 11 campuses located in eight states offer convenience as

3

well as a quality education to prospective students and give us strong local representation in key metropolitan
areas. Beyond these markets, our national marketing efforts and network of representatives permit us to identify,
advise and enroll students from all 50 states and the United States territories.

We continuously consider opportunities for expansion which would bring us closer to pools of prospective
students, to develop new employment opportunities for our graduates and to compete in attractive markets. We
will consider acquisition opportunities that, among other factors, would complement our program offerings,
benefit from our resources and scale in marketing and whose administration could be integrated into our existing
operations. Our most recent expansion occurred in 2010 with the opening of a new campus in the Dallas/Fort
Worth, Texas area.

Industry relevant training

Our training focuses on two overriding objectives: successful student outcomes and the development of

professional, entry-level technicians for our industry customers.

The transformation of our Automotive and Diesel Technology curricula into a blend of daily instructor-led
theory and hands-on lab training complemented by interactive web-based learning was a critical component in
our continuous improvement efforts for training students. In addition to improving the overall educational
experience for the students, the new curricula offer more convenience and training flexibility for our students
without sacrificing effectiveness.

We began teaching the Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula at our Avondale,
Arizona campus and then we began offering it at our new Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas campus at its opening in June
2010. The new curricula have been well received and we graduated the first class at our Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas
campus during 2011. We intend to introduce the new curricula and methodologies at existing campuses which
offer Automotive and Diesel Technology programs starting in the spring of 2012 at our Avondale, Arizona
campus and at a second existing campus later in calendar year 2012.

Rapidly changing technology in the industries for which we provide technicians requires us to ensure our
course content remains as current as our instruction methodology if we are to sustain our position as a critical
provider of entry-level technicians. With that in mind, we work closely with our industry customers to adapt and
including
update course offerings to meet
manufacturer supported elective courses and our Manufacturer Specific Advanced Training (MSAT) programs,
are direct outgrowths of our industry relationships, a unique aspect of our education program and a key market
differentiator for us.

their needs. Furthermore, our advanced training programs,

We are constantly improving and expanding our manufacturer sponsored courses. During 2011, we entered
into an agreement
to offer the Honda Professional Automotive Career Training (PACT) program as a
manufacturer supported and equipped elective for our undergraduate students at our Glendale Heights, Illinois
campus and began offering the Nissan Automotive Technician Training (NATT) program at our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus.

Graduate employment services

A deep understanding of employment demand in the markets we serve and the specific needs of our industry

customers is the key success factor in assisting graduates in finding employment.

We dedicate considerable time and resources to developing employment opportunities and referrals. We
believe our employment services program provides students with a more compelling value proposition and
significantly enhances employment opportunities for our graduates.

We have a national employment services team which develops job opportunities and outreach as well as a
network of local employment services teams to best serve students while in school. Our campus-based staff
instruct active students on employment search and interviewing skills, facilitate employer visits to campuses,
provide access to reference materials and assist with the composition of resumes.

Success in this critical activity has great value to us as well as to students and employers because our ability

to help launch a graduate’s career is a key attraction point for prospective students.

4

Our employment rates have come under pressure over the past two years for a variety of reasons and the
recent recession has affected hiring in the end markets we serve to varying degrees. The automotive and diesel
industries have experienced a stronger recovery than the motorcycle, marine and collision repair industries. For
example, between 2008 and 2010, motorcycle sales in the United States were cut by half. Not surprisingly, this
has translated into a more difficult employment market in those industries and has put some pressure on our
overall employment rates. However, even with these pressures our graduate employment rate for our fiscal 2010
graduate cohort has improved over our fiscal 2009 graduate cohort. Please see the discussion in “Graduate
Employment” later in this document for further discussion.

Management of our industry relationships to broaden and deepen the involvement of our current
relationships and to attract new industry relationships.

No relationships are more critical to our success than those with the OEMs. We have a dedicated account
management team at our corporate level managing those relationships and developing new ones, which is a key
area of focus for us.

We deliver value to these OEMs by functioning as an efficient hiring source and low cost training option.
Our record at meeting their needs is a strong one and the primary reason we have industry relationships as long
as those with Harley Davidson, 27 years, and Ford, 12 years.

We constantly seek new relationships, both from within the OEMs and also among other relevant groups or
organizations. The agreement we entered into to offer the Honda PACT program and offering the Nissan NTT
program are examples of this activity.

Industry Background

The market for qualified service technicians is large and stable. In the most recent data available, the U.S.
Department of Labor estimated that in 2008 there were approximately 764,000 working automotive technicians
in the United States, and this number was expected to increase by 4.7% from 2008 to 2018. Other 2008 estimates
provided by the U.S. Department of Labor indicate that from 2008 to 2018 the number of technicians in the other
industries we serve, including diesel repair, collision repair, motorcycle repair and marine repair, are expected to
increase by 5.7%, 0.5%, 9.0% and 5.9%, respectively. This need for technicians is due to a variety of factors,
including technological advancement in the industries our graduates enter, the number of automobiles, trucks,
motorcycles and boats in service, as well as an aging and retiring workforce that generally requires training to
keep up with technological advancements and maintain its technical competency. As a result of these factors, it is
estimated that an average of approximately 31,200 new job openings will exist annually for new entrants from
2008 to 2018 in the fields we serve, according to data collected by the U.S. Department of Labor. In addition to
the increase in demand for newly qualified technicians, manufacturers, dealer networks,
transportation
companies and governmental entities with large fleets are outsourcing their training functions, seeking preferred
education providers which can offer high quality curricula and have a national presence to meet the employment
and advanced training needs of their national dealer networks.

Schools and Programs

Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized technical education programs under the
banner of several well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute (UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical Institute (NTI). The
majority of our undergraduate programs are designed to be completed in 45 to 102 weeks and culminate in an
associate of occupational studies degree, diploma or certificate, depending on the program and campus. Tuition
ranges from approximately $20,150 to $46,750 per program, depending on the nature and length of the program.
Our campuses are accredited and our undergraduate programs are eligible for federal student financial assistance
funds under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as Title IV Programs,
which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED).

5

Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the following table:

Location

Arizona (Avondale)

Arizona (Phoenix)

California (Rancho Cucamonga)

California (Sacramento)

Brand

UTI

MMI

UTI

UTI

Florida (Orlando)

Illinois (Glendale Heights)

Massachusetts (Norwood)

UTI/MMI

UTI

UTI

North Carolina (Mooresville)

UTI/NTI

Pennsylvania (Exton)
Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)

Texas (Houston)

UTI
UTI

UTI

Date
Training
Commenced

1965

1973

1998

2005

1986

1988

2005

2002

2004
2010

1983

Principal Programs

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Motorcycle

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing

Automotive; Motorcycle; Marine

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Automotive with
NASCAR

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial

Automotive; Diesel & Industrial;
Collision Repair and Refinishing

Universal Technical Institute (UTI)

UTI offers automotive, diesel and industrial, and collision repair and refinishing programs that are master
certified by the National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF), a division of the Institute for
Automotive Service Excellence (ASE). In order to apply for NATEF certification, a school must meet the
NATEF curriculum requirements and have also graduated its first class. We offer the following programs under
the UTI brand:

• Automotive Technology. Established in 1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. The program ranges from 51 to 88 weeks in
duration, and tuition ranges from approximately $28,250 to $39,150. Graduates of this program are
qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in automotive dealer service departments or
automotive repair facilities.

• Diesel & Industrial Technology. Established in 1968, the Diesel & Industrial Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair diesel systems and industrial equipment.
The program is 45 to 57 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately $25,950 to $33,100.
Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy
truck facilities,
truck dealerships, or in service and repair facilities for marine diesel engines and
equipment utilized in various industrial applications, including materials handling, construction, transport
refrigeration or farming.

• Automotive/Diesel Technology. Established in 1970, the Automotive/Diesel Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles and diesel systems. The
program ranges from 69 to 84 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately $34,050 to
$44,300. Graduates of this program typically can work as entry-level service technicians in automotive
repair facilities, automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine repair facilities, medium and heavy
truck facilities or truck dealerships.

• Automotive/Diesel & Industrial Technology. Established in 1970, the Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
Technology program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles, diesel
systems and industrial equipment. The program ranges from 75 to 90 weeks in duration and tuition ranges
from approximately $35,550 to $46,750. Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine

6

repair facilities, medium and heavy truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair facilities for
marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in various industrial applications,
including material
handling, construction, transport refrigeration or farming.

• Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology (CRRT). Established in 1999, the CRRT program is
designed to teach students how to repair non-structural and structural automobile damage as well as how
to prepare cost estimates on all phases of repair and refinishing. The program is 51 weeks in duration and
tuition ranges from approximately $28,400 to $30,850. Graduates of this program are qualified to work as
entry-level technicians at OEM dealerships and independent repair facilities.

Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI)

• Motorcycle. Established in 1973, the MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose,
service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles. The program ranges from 48 to 102 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $20,150 to $42,650. Graduates of this program are
qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in motorcycle dealerships and independent repair
facilities. MMI is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers. We have written agreements relating
to motorcycle elective programs with BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.;
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.; and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. In addition, we have verbal
understandings relating to motorcycle elective programs with American Honda Motor Co., Inc. and
American Suzuki Motor Corp. We have written agreements for dealer training with American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. and Harley-Davidson Motor Co. These motorcycle manufacturers support us through their
endorsement of our curricula content, assisting in our course development, providing equipment and
product donations, and instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be terminated
without cause by either party at any time.

• Marine. Established in 1991, the MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service
and repair boats. The program is 51 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $25,450. Graduates of
this program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians for marine dealerships and
independent repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht clubs. MMI is supported by several
marine manufacturers and we have verbal agreements relating to marine elective programs with American
Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp., Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.,
Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written agreements for dealer
training with American Honda Motor Co. Inc. Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp. and Volvo
Penta of the Americas, Inc. These marine manufacturers support us through their endorsement of our
curricula content, assisting with course development, equipment and product donations, and instructor
training. The verbal understandings referenced may be terminated without cause by either party at any
time.

NASCAR Technical Institute (UTI/NTI)

Established in 2002, UTI/NTI offers the same type of automotive training as other UTI locations, along with
additional NASCAR-specific elective courses. In the NASCAR-specific elective courses, students have the
opportunity to learn first-hand with NASCAR engines and equipment and to acquire specific skills required for
entry-level positions in automotive and racing-related career opportunities. The programs range from 48 to 78
weeks in duration and tuition ranges from $29,200 to $41,150. Graduates of the Automotive Technology
program and the Automotive Technology with NASCAR (the NASCAR program) at UTI/NTI are qualified to
work as entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer service departments.
Graduates from the NASCAR program have additional opportunities to work in racing-related industries. In 2010
and 2009, approximately 18% and 15%, respectively, of the graduates from the NASCAR program have found
employment opportunities to work in racing-related industries with approximately 72% and 71%, respectively,
working in the automotive service sector.

7

Advanced Training Programs

We offer advanced training programs in the form of a manufacturer supported elective course added to a
student’s core Automotive or Diesel undergraduate program, or as a post-graduate program, which are
manufacturer specific advanced training programs (MSAT).

The manufacturer supported elective courses for the advanced training programs are offered at our campus
locations and are paid for by the student. These electives are supported by Title IV funding. Additionally,
qualifying student graduates have the opportunity to apply for enrollment in one of our MSAT programs. The
MSAT programs, in most cases, are paid for by the manufacturer and/or its dealers in return for a commitment by
the student to work for a dealer of that manufacturer for a certain period of time upon completion of the program.
For both types of programs, the manufacturer typically assists us in the development of course content and
curricula, while providing us with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts at reduced prices or at no charge.
This specialized training enhances the student’s skills with a particular manufacturer’s technology resulting in
enhanced employment opportunities and potential for higher wages for our graduates.

Electives

Pursuant to written agreements, we offer advanced training elective programs for the following OEMs:

• BMW of North America, LLC. We have a written agreement with BMW of North America, LLC
whereby we provide BMW’s FastTrack Program at the BMW training center in Ontario, California, the
Avondale, Arizona campus, and the Orlando, Florida BMW dedicated training center using vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by BMW.

• Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of Cummins, Inc. We have a written agreement with Cummins
Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of Cummins, Inc. whereby we provide the Cummins Qualified Technician
Program (CQTP) elective at our Avondale, Arizona and Houston, Texas campuses using vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Cummins.

• Daimler Trucks N.A. We have a written agreement with Daimler Trucks N.A. whereby we provide the
Daimler Trucks Finish First elective at our Avondale, Arizona campus using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Daimler.

• Ford Motor Co. We have a written agreement with Ford Motor Co. whereby we provide the Ford
Accelerated Credential Training (FACT) elective at all UTI campuses except the Dallas/Ft. Worth campus
using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Ford.

• Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. We have a written agreement with Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC whereby we
provide an elective program at our Rancho Cucamonga, California and Norwood, Massachusetts
campuses using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Mercedes-Benz.

• Navistar International Corp. We have a written agreement with Navistar International Corp. whereby
we provide the International Truck Elective Program (ITEP) at our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus
using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Navistar.

• Nissan North America, Inc. We have a written agreement with Nissan North America, Inc. whereby we
provide the Nissan Automotive Technician Training (NATT) program at our Houston, Texas,
Mooresville, North Carolina, Sacramento, California, Orlando, Florida, and Norwood, Massachusetts
campuses using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Nissan.

• Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. We have a written agreement with Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
whereby we provide the Toyota Professional Automotive Technician (TPAT) elective at our Glendale
Heights, Illinois, Exton, Pennsylvania, and Sacramento, California campuses using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Toyota.

8

Manufacturer specific advanced training programs

Our manufacturer specific advanced training programs are intended to offer in-depth instruction on specific
manufacturers’ products, qualifying a graduate for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized,
entry-level technicians with brand-specific skills. Students who are highly ranked graduates of an automotive or
diesel program may apply to be selected for these programs. The programs range from 14 to 24 weeks in
duration. Pursuant to written agreements, we offer MSAT programs for the following OEMs:

• BMW of North America, LLC. We have a written agreement with BMW of North America, LLC
whereby we provide BMW’s Service Technician Education Program (STEP) at our Avondale, Arizona
and Orlando, Florida training facilities and at the BMW training centers in Ontario, California, Woodcliff
Lake, New Jersey and the Mini Service Technical Education Program (Mini Cooper STEP) at our
Orlando, Florida training facilities using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by
BMW. This agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and may be terminated for cause by either party.

• Navistar International Corp. We have a written agreement with Navistar International Corp. whereby
we provide the International Truck Education Program (ITEP) training program at our training facilities in
Glendale Heights, Illinois, Exton, Pennsylvania, and Sacramento, California using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Navistar. This agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and
may be terminated without cause by either party upon 180 days written notice.

• Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. We have a written agreement with Porsche Cars of North America,
Inc. whereby we provide the Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche Training
Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche.
The written agreement expires September 30, 2012 and may be renewed by mutual agreement.

• Volvo Cars of North America, LLC. We have a written agreement with Volvo Cars of North America,
LLC whereby we conduct Volvo’s Service Automotive Factory Education (SAFE) program training at our
training facility in Avondale, Arizona using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula approved by
Volvo. This agreement expires on December 31, 2011.

Dealer/Industry Training

Technicians in all of the industries we serve are in regular need of training or certification on new
technologies. Manufacturers are outsourcing a portion of this training to education providers such as UTI. We
currently provide dealer technician training to manufacturers such as: American Honda Motor Co., Inc., BMW of
North America, LLC, Ford Motor Co., Harley-Davidson Motor Co. and Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.

Industry Relationships

We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide range of strategic and financial benefits,

including product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.

• Product/Financial Support. Product/financial support is an integral component of our business strategy
and is present throughout our schools. In these relationships, sponsors provide their products, including
equipment and supplies, at reduced or no cost to us, in return for our use of those products in the
classroom. Additionally, they may provide financial sponsorship to either us or our students. Product/
financial support is an attractive marketing opportunity for sponsors because our classrooms provide them
with early access to the future end-users of their products. As students become familiar with a
manufacturer’s products during training, they may be more likely to continue to use the same products
upon graduation. Our product support relationships allow us to minimize the equipment and supply costs
in each of our classrooms and significantly reduce the capital outlay necessary for operating and
equipping our campuses.

An example of a product/financial support relationship is:

• Snap-on Tools. As a premier tool provider to the industry, we have been able to form a strategic
partnership with Snap-on Tools. Upon graduation from our undergraduate programs, students receive a

9

Snap-on Tools entry-level tool set having an approximate retail value of $1,000, which can become
valuable as a student establishes their career. We purchase these tool sets from Snap-on Tools at a
discount from their list price pursuant to a written agreement which expires in April 2017. In the
context of this relationship, we have granted Snap-on Tools exclusive access to our campuses to display
tool related advertising, and we have agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment to train our students. We
receive credits from Snap-on Tools for student tool kits that we purchase and any additional purchases
made by our students. We can then redeem those credits in multiple ways, which historically has been
to purchase Snap-on Tools equipment and tools for our campuses at the full retail list price.

• Licensing. Licensing agreements enable us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry
brands. We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right to use a particular industry participant’s
name or logo in our promotional materials and on our campuses. We believe that our current and potential
students generally identify favorably with the recognized brand names licensed to us, enhancing our
reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.

An example of a licensing arrangement is:

• NASCAR. We have a licensing arrangement with NASCAR and are its exclusive education provider
for automotive technicians. The agreement expires on December 31, 2017 and may be terminated for
cause by either party at any time prior to its expiration. This relationship provides us with access to the
network of NASCAR sponsors, presenting us with the opportunity to enhance our product support
relationships. In July 2002, NASCAR Technical Institute opened in Mooresville, North Carolina where
students have the opportunity to take NASCAR-specific courses that were developed through a
collaboration of NASCAR crew chiefs and motorsports industry leaders. The popular NASCAR brand
name combined with the opportunity to learn on high-performance cars is a powerful recruiting and
retention tool. It also provides students with the opportunity to learn first-hand with NASCAR engines
and equipment and to acquire specific skills required for entry-level positions in automotive and
racing-related career opportunities.

• Manufacturer Training. Manufacturer training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each of
our education programs. These relationships support entry-level training tailored to the needs of a specific
manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of experienced technicians. In both the
entry-level and continuing education programs, students receive training and certification on a given
manufacturer’s products. In return, the manufacturer supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and
parts, and assistance in developing curricula. Students who receive the entry-level training may earn
certification to work on that manufacturer’s products when they complete the program. The certification
typically leads to both improved employment opportunities and the potential for higher wages. The
continuing education programs for experienced technicians are paid for by the manufacturer and often
take place in our facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the costs associated with establishing its
own dedicated facility. Manufacturer training relationships lower the capital investment necessary to
equip our classrooms and provide us with a significant marketing advantage. In addition, through these
relationships, manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled technicians available to service and
repair their products.

Examples of manufacturer training relationships include:

• Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. This is an example of a student-paid elective program. Pursuant to a
written agreement, we offer a technician training Mercedes-Benz Program at our Rancho Cucamonga,
California and Norwood, Massachusetts campuses. The Mercedes-Benz Program uses training and
course materials as well as training vehicles and equipment provided by Mercedes-Benz.

• American Honda Motor Co., Inc. This is an example of a dealer technician training program paid for
by the manufacturer or dealer. We provide marine and motorcycle training for experienced American
Honda technicians utilizing training materials and curricula provided by American Honda. Pursuant to
written agreements, our instructors provide marine and motorcycle dealer training at American Honda
authorized training centers across the United States. Pursuant to verbal agreements, we oversee the

10

administration of the motorcycle training program, including technician enrollment, and American
Honda supports our campus Hon Tech training program by donating equipment and providing
curricula.

• Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. This is an example of an MSAT program paid for by the OEM.
We have a verbal agreement with Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the Porsche
Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche Training Center in Atlanta, Georgia using
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written agreement expires
September 30, 2012 and may be renewed by mutual agreement.

Student Recruitment Model

Our student recruitment efforts begin with our commitment to positive outcomes, both for our students and
our industry partners. Our responsibility to present job-ready graduates to employers requires that we recruit,
enroll and train prospective students who have the drive and potential to successfully pursue a career in their field
of training. We use a national multi-touch media approach, including digital fulfillment and engagement
platforms, to generate the quality and quantity of prospective students necessary for our three primary admissions
channels to enroll and start students.

Marketing and Advertising. Our marketing strategies are designed to identify potential students who
would benefit from our programs and pursue successful careers upon graduation. We leverage a web-centric
inquiry generation platform that focuses on nationally efficient advertising coupled with the internet, where our
website acts as the primary hub of our campaigns, to inform and educate potential students on the nature of our
educational programs and the employment opportunities that could be available to them. Currently, we advertise
on television, radio, multiple internet sites,
in magazines and use events, social media, direct mail and
telemarketing to reach prospective students.

We utilize a student-centered recruiting policy to maximize efficiency of our admissions representatives
with a focus on the prospective student. Our admissions representatives are provided training and tools to assist
any prospective student.

• High Schools. Our field-based representatives recruit prospective students primarily from high schools
across the country with assigned territories covering the United States and U.S. territories. Our field-based
education representatives generate the majority of their inquiries by making career presentations at high
schools. Typically,
the field-based education representatives enroll high school students during an
application interview conducted at the homes of prospective students.

Our reputation in local, regional and national business communities, endorsements from high school
guidance counselors and the recommendations of satisfied graduates and employers are some of our most
effective recruiting tools. Accordingly, we strive to build relationships with the people who influence the
instructors and high school guidance
career decisions of prospective students, such as vocational
counselors. We conduct seminars for high school career counselors and instructors at our training facilities
and campuses as a means of further educating these individuals on the merits of our technical training
programs. Our representatives focus on expanding high school relationships beyond the traditional
vocational programs and into academic classes.

• Adult Students. Our campus-based representatives recruit adult career-seeker or career-changer
students. These representatives respond to student inquiries generated from national, regional and local
advertising and promotional activities. Since adults tend to start our programs throughout the year instead
of in the fall as is most typical of traditional school calendars, these students help balance our enrollment
throughout the year.

• Military Personnel. Our military representatives are strategically located throughout the country and
focus on building relationships with military installations. We develop relationships with military
personnel and provide information about our training programs by delivering career presentations to
soldiers who are approaching their date of separation or have recently separated from the military as a
means of further educating these individuals on the merits of our technical training programs.

11

Student Admissions and Retention

We currently employ field, military and campus-based education representatives who work directly with
prospective students to facilitate the enrollment process. At each campus, student admissions are overseen by an
admissions department that reviews each application. Different programs have varying admissions standards. For
example, applicants for programs offered at our Avondale, Arizona campus, which offers an associate of
occupational studies (AOS) degree, must provide proof of: high school graduation, or its equivalent; certification
of high school equivalency (G.E.D.); successful completion of a degree program at the postsecondary level; or
successful completion of officially recognized home schooling. Students who present a diploma or certificate
evidencing completion of home schooling or an online high school program are required to take and pass an
entrance exam. Applicants at all other locations must meet the same requirements, or be at least 21 years of age
and have the ability to benefit from the training as demonstrated by performance on a basic skills exam. Students
who are beyond the age of compulsory attendance and have completed a high school program, but have not
passed a state high school completion exam where required or received an Individualized Education Program
diploma/certificate, may also apply to attend through the ability to benefit option, and must meet the same
criteria outlined above.

To maximize the likelihood of student completion, our admissions requirements are intended to identify
students who have the ability to succeed in their chosen program. We have student services professionals and
other resources that provide various student services including orientation, tutoring, student housing assistance,
and academic, financial, personal and employment advisement. We have established processes to identify at-risk
students who may be in need of proactive assistance. Our consolidated student completion rate in 2011 was
approximately 65%, which we believe compares favorably with the student completion rates of other providers
of comparable educational/training programs. The 2011 completion rate is based on new students that began one
of our programs during the period October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2010 and completed or are still
attending as of September 30, 2011.

Enrollment

We enroll students throughout the year. For the year ended September 30, 2011, our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment was approximately 18,500, representing a decrease of less than 1% as compared to
the twelve months ended September 30, 2010. Currently, our student body is geographically diverse, with
approximately 50% of our students having relocated to attend our programs. For the years ended September 30,
2011, 2010 and 2009, we had average undergraduate full-time student enrollments of approximately 18,500,
18,600 and 15,900, respectively. We expect the rate of decline experienced in 2011 in both applications and new
student starts to slow in the first half of the year before potentially improving in the second half of the year.
However, given our current enrollment levels, the macro-economic headwinds and the changing regulatory
environment we operate in, we anticipate the average student population for 2012 to be below the level of 2011.

Graduate Employment

Identifying employment opportunities for our graduates in the automotive, motorcycle and marine industries
is critical to our ability to help our graduates benefit from their education. Accordingly, we dedicate significant
resources to maintaining an effective graduate employment team. Our campus-based staff instruct active students
on employment search, interviewing skills and professionalism, facilitate employer visits to campuses, provide
reference materials and assist with the composition of resumes. We also have a centralized department whose
focus is to build relationships with potential employers and develop job opportunities and referrals. We believe
that our graduate employment services program provides our students with a more compelling value proposition
and enhances the employment opportunities for our graduates. Although employment remains challenging for
motorcycle, collision and marine segments, we are seeing improvement in the automotive and diesel programs.

Our employment rates for 2010 and 2009 were 85% and 81%, respectively. The employment calculation is
based on all graduates, including those that completed manufacturer specific advanced training programs, from
October 1, 2009 to September 30, 2010 and October 1, 2008 to September 30, 2009, respectively, excluding
graduates not available for employment because of continuing education, military, health, incarceration, death or

12

foreign students. For 2010, UTI had approximately 11,200 total graduates, of which approximately 10,500 were
available for employment. Of those graduates available for employment, approximately 8,900 were employed
within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 85%. For 2009, UTI had approximately 10,800 total
graduates, of which approximately 10,100 were available for employment. Of those graduates available for
employment, approximately 8,200 were employed within one year of their graduation date, for a total of 81%.

Faculty and Employees

Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with established criteria, applicable accreditation
standards and applicable state regulations. Members of our faculty are primarily industry professionals and are
hired based on their prior work and educational experience. We require a specific level of industry experience in
order to enhance the quality of the programs we offer and to address current and industry-specific issues in the
course content. We provide intensive instructional training and continuing education to our faculty members to
maintain the quality of instruction in all fields of study. A majority of our existing instructors have a minimum of
five years experience in the industry and an average of six years of experience teaching at UTI, ranging from less
than 1 year to 32 years. Our average undergraduate student-to-teacher ratio is approximately 22-to-1.

Each school’s support team typically includes a campus president, an education director, an admissions
director, a financial aid director, a student services director, an employment services director, a campus controller
and a facilities director. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 2,260 full-time employees, including
approximately 635 student support employees and approximately 830 full-time instructors.

Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not subject to collective bargaining agreements.
We have never experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have a good relationship with our
employees. However, we may encounter employees who desire or maintain union representation at new or
existing campuses.

Competition

Our main competitors are other for-profit career-oriented and technical schools, including Lincoln Technical
Institute, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation; WyoTech, which is owned by
Corinthian Colleges, Inc., and traditional two-year junior and community colleges. We believe that our industry
relationships, size, brand recognition, reputation and nationwide recruiting system provide UTI with a
competitive advantage.

Environmental Matters

We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and campuses, and generate small quantities of
regulated waste, including, but not limited to, used oil, antifreeze, transmission fluid, paint and car batteries. As a
result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing,
among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up
of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are
also required to obtain permits for our air emissions, and to meet operational and maintenance requirements,
including periodic testing, for an underground storage tank located at one of our properties. In the event we do
not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or if we are responsible for a spill or release of
hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 are available on our website, www.uti.edu under the “Investors — Financial Information — SEC
Filings” captions, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to,
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reports of our executive officers, directors and any other
persons required to file securities ownership reports under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
are also available through our website. Information contained on our website is not a part of this Report and is
not incorporated herein by reference.

13

In Part III of this Form 10-K, we “incorporate by reference” certain information from parts of other
documents filed with the SEC, specifically our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
The SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to it in that manner. Please refer to such
information. We anticipate that on or about January 13, 2012, our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders will be filed with the SEC and available on our website at www.uti.edu under the “Investors —
Financial Information — SEC Filings” captions.

Information relating to corporate governance at UTI, including our Code of Conduct for all of our
employees and our Supplemental Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers,
and information concerning Board Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our website at
www.uti.edu under the “Investors — Corporate Governance” captions. We will provide any of the foregoing
information without charge upon written request to Universal Technical Institute, Inc., 16220 North Scottsdale
Road, Suite 100, Scottsdale, Arizona 85254, Attention: Investor Relations.

Regulatory Environment

Our institutions participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students
in paying their cost of education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the HEA. This support, commonly referred to as Title IV Programs, is administered
by the U.S. Department of Education (ED). In 2011, we derived approximately 75% of our revenues, on a cash
basis, from Title IV Programs.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by
relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be certified
as an eligible institution by ED. For these reasons, our institutions are subject
to extensive regulatory
requirements imposed by all of these entities.

State Authorization

Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable state education agency where the institution is
located to operate and grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our institutions are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. Additionally, our institutions are required to be authorized
by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our institutions recruit students.
Currently, each of our institutions is authorized by the applicable state education agency or agencies.

The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state and is extensive in some states. State
laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and
equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters.
State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees, diplomas or
certificates. Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are not consistent with those required
by ED and some mandate that institutions post surety bonds. Currently, we have posted surety bonds on behalf of
our institutions and education representatives with multiple states of approximately $13.8 million. We believe
that each of our institutions is in substantial compliance with state education agency requirements. If any one of
our campuses were to lose its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the campus is
located, that campus would be unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that campus. If one of
our campuses were to lose its authorization from a state other than the state in which the campus is located, that
campus would not be able to recruit students in that state.

State authorization is also required for an institution to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV
Programs. On October 29, 2010, ED issued new regulations establishing standards for state authorization that
must be met in order for the state authorization to be adequate for purposes of establishing the eligibility of an
institution to participate in Title IV Programs. ED will determine whether a state’s institutional authorization and
complaint process satisfies ED’s regulations. We cannot predict the extent to which ED will determine that the
institutional authorization or complaint review process of any state satisfies ED’s regulations. These new
regulations became effective July 1, 2011 and will require our institutions to respond quickly to evolving state
requirements.

14

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution voluntarily submits to ongoing
qualitative reviews by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the
academic quality of the institution’s instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as
confirmation that
the institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting
commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure
that each institution has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an ED recognized commission is required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for
their review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are accredited by the Accrediting Commission of
Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), an accrediting commission recognized by ED. Nine of our campuses
currently have five-year grants of accreditation that expire as follows:

July 2012 — Norwood, Massachusetts

December 2012 — Sacramento, California

December 2013 — Mooresville, North Carolina, NASCAR Technical Institute (UTI/NTI)

February 2014 — Avondale, Arizona; Houston, Texas; Rancho Cucamonga, California; Orlando, Florida;
and Glendale Heights, Illinois

May 2014 — Phoenix, Arizona, Motorcycle Mechanics Institute (MMI)

Our Exton, Pennsylvania campus’ accreditation expired in October 2011. We completed the application for
renewal for accreditation in June 2011. The visiting accreditation team reported that there were no findings of
non-compliance and that our application would be considered at the February 2012 meeting. Our Dallas/Ft.
Worth, Texas campus received an initial two-year grant of accreditation on March 4, 2010. The campus is
currently in its first reaccreditation cycle process and will be eligible for a five-year grant of accreditation in
2012. We believe that each of our institutions is in substantial compliance with ACCSC accreditation standards.
If any one of our institutions lost its accreditation, students attending that institution would no longer be eligible
to receive Title IV Program funding, and we could be forced to close that institution.

An accrediting commission may place an institution on reporting status to monitor one or more specified
areas of performance in relation to the accreditation standards. An institution placed on reporting status is
required to report periodically to the accrediting commission on that institution’s performance in the area or areas
specified by the commission. None of our institutions are currently on reporting status.

Nature of Federal and State Support for Postsecondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of its support for postsecondary education through
Title IV Programs in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has
been certified as eligible by ED. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need,
generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the amount a student can
reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade
point average and make academic progress, as defined by ED, towards the completion of their program of study.
In addition, each institution must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in
the correct amounts to eligible students, as well as provide a variety of disclosures and reports on recipient data
and program expenditures.

During 2011, based on their individual eligibility under the following Title IV Programs, our students
received grants and loans from the Federal Pell Grant (Pell) program, the Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) program, the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (DL) program and the Federal
Perkins Loan (Perkins) program. Our students also received a small number of loans from the Federal Family
Education Loan (FFEL) program prior to the retirement of that program effective June 30, 2010.

15

Federal Title IV Programs

DL. Under the DL program, ED makes loans to students or their parents. Borrowers repay these loans to
ED according to the terms and conditions of the program. Students with financial need continue to qualify for
interest subsidies while in school and during grace periods. Non-need-based unsubsidized loans are also available
to students or their parents. In 2011, we derived approximately 60% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the
DL program.

Pell. Under the Pell program, ED makes grants to students who demonstrate financial need based on the
Free Federal Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). In 2011, we derived approximately 21% of our
revenues, on a cash basis, from the Pell program.

FSEOG. FSEOG grants are designed to supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial
need. Institutions must provide matching funding equal to 25% of all awards made under this program. In 2011,
we derived less than 1% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the FSEOG program.

Perkins. Perkins loans are made from a revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution. Each institution is responsible for collecting payments on
Perkins loans from its former students and lending those funds to currently enrolled students. Defaults by
students on their Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the institution’s revolving account to
make loans to additional students. For the federal award year that extends from July 1, 2011 through June 30,
2012, ED made no new Perkins allocations to schools due to federal appropriations limitations. In 2011, we
derived less than 1% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the Perkins program.

FFEL. Through June 30, 2010, banks and other lending institutions made loans to students or their
parents with similar terms and conditions much the same as those found in the DL program. The FFEL loan
program was eliminated by Congress, and has been wholly replaced by the DL program. In 2011, our primary
activity related to the FFEL loan program was the return of funds for students no longer attending school.

Other Federal and State Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as the
programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and under the Workforce Investment Act. On
August 1, 2009, the Post-9/11 GI Bill became effective exclusively for veterans pursuing programs at degree
granting institutions of higher learning. Beginning October 1, 2011, eligible veterans are able to use their
Post-9/11 GI Bill at all of our campuses. Additionally, veterans are able to use their eligible veterans benefits,
such as the Montgomery GI Bill, the Reserve Education Assistance Program (REAP) and VA Vocational
Rehabilitation at all of our campuses. In 2011, we derived approximately 4% of our revenues, on a cash basis,
from the Post-9/11 GI Bill program.

Additionally, some states provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships.

The eligibility requirement for state financial aid varies by funding agency and program.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as
eligible by ED. ED will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after the institution has
demonstrated compliance with the HEA and ED’s extensive regulations regarding institutional eligibility. An
institution must also demonstrate its compliance to ED on an ongoing basis. All of our institutions are certified to
participate in Title IV Programs.

16

ED’s Title IV program standards are applied primarily on an institutional basis, with an institution defined
by ED as a main location and its additional locations, if any. Each institution is assigned a unique Office of
Post-Secondary Education Identification Number (OPEID). Under this definition for ED purposes we have the
following three institutions:

Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

Universal Technical Institute of Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Glendale Heights, Illinois

Universal Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California

Universal Technical Institute — NASCAR Technical Institute,
Mooresville, North Carolina

Universal Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts

Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix

Universal Technical Institute DBA Motorcycle Mechanics Institute,
Motorcycle & Marine Mechanics Institute, Phoenix, Arizona

Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento, California

Universal Technical Institute, Orlando, Florida

Divisions

Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida

Marine Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida

Automotive, Orlando, Florida

Universal Technical Institute of Texas

Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas

Universal Technical Institute, Exton, Pennsylvania

Universal Technical Institute, Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas

Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

Institution

Main campus

Additional campuses

The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV Programs, the large number of students
and institutions participating in those programs and instances of fraud and abuse have prompted ED to exercise
significant regulatory oversight over institutions participating in Title IV Programs. Accrediting commissions
and state agencies also oversee compliance with both their respective standards and Title IV Program
requirements. As a result, each of our institutions is subject to detailed oversight and review and must comply
with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because ED periodically revises its regulations and changes
its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program
requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

17

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress
has historically reauthorized the HEA approximately every five to six years. The HEA was reauthorized,
amended and signed into law most recently on August 14, 2008 as the Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008
(HEOA). The HEOA continued the availability of Title IV Program funds, authorized additional aid and benefits
for students,
reporting items and disclosures and codified additional compliance
requirements related to student loans. Additionally, the HEOA implemented changes that impact how institutions
comply with requirements that they receive no more than 90 percent of their revenue from Title IV Programs and
maintain acceptable cohort default rates.

required new federal

Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. In 2011,
Congress is taking a very detailed look at federal appropriations and has appointed a joint subcommittee that is
charged with specifically finding $1.2 trillion in spending cuts over the next 10 years. Since we derive a
significant percentage of our revenues from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV Program funding or reduces the ability of our institutions or students to participate in Title IV Programs,
could reduce our student enrollment and revenues. Congressional action may also increase our administrative
costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our institutions to comply with Title IV Program
requirements.

The Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP) has held a series of oversight
hearings on for-profit institutions’ administration of Title IV programs during the 111th and 112th Congresses.
The most recent Senate HELP Committee hearing examining the for-profit section held in July 2011 was entitled,
“Improving For-Profit Higher Education: A Roundtable Discussion of Policy Solutions.” The HELP Committee
hearings examined, among other things, the business practices of for-profit institutions such as ours.

Additionally, the acute attention on the federal deficit and debt limit in 2011 has resulted in repeated efforts
by Congress to reduce all federal spending, including education funding. As a part of the Continuing Resolution
package in April 2011 that kept the government funded through the remainder of federal fiscal year (FFY) 2011,
Congress preserved the maximum Pell Grant but eliminated year-round Pell.

On August 2, 2011, President Obama signed the Budget Control Act of 2011, raising the federal debt ceiling
while also tasking a joint bipartisan committee to develop at least $1.2 trillion in deficit reduction by the end of
November 2011, with the statutory goal of exceeding $1.5 trillion. Any legislation proposed by the joint
committee must be approved by Congress no later than December 23, 2011 and signed into law by January 15,
2012, or $1.2 trillion in automatic across-the-board cuts will occur, split roughly equally between defense and
non-defense spending. The final Budget Control Act included the following elements:

• Additional Pell Grant program funding for fiscal years 2012 and 2013, with a $1.3 billion shortfall

remaining for fiscal year 2012.

• Elimination of DL repayment incentives. As a result, borrowers have fewer net federal loan proceeds to
apply to their educational costs, which could result, in some cases, in increased use of our proprietary loan
program.

• Elimination of in-school interest subsidies on DL loans for graduate and professional students. Although
this provision does not apply to us because all of our programs are undergraduate, it does raise the
possibility of a broader elimination of in-school interest subsidies as part of any deficit reduction dialogue
in Congress.

• Continued budget discussions for FFY 2012 presents additional opportunities for Congress to cut federal
education spending. Because Congress has not yet appropriated funds for FFY 2012, which began on
October 1, 2011, the federal government is operating under another Continuing Resolution that expires on
November 18, 2011. The elimination of other Direct Loan interest subsidies and changes to Pell Grant
eligibility are under consideration during the negotiations on the FFY 2012 appropriations.

On October 25, 2011, President Obama announced two initiatives intended to help students manage student
loan debt. Students with both FFEL and Direct Loans will be offered an incentive to consolidate into the Direct
Loan program, and certain income-based repayment terms will become effective in 2012 rather than 2014.

18

Furthermore, the House Subcommittee on Higher Education and Workforce Training held a hearing on Direct
Loans on the same day as the President’s announcement. The atmosphere of action on student loan debt could
have an impact on student perceptions of taking on loans to finance their education.

On August 5, 2010, the HELP Committee formally requested information and documents from 30 for-profit
institutions,
including 15 privately-held institutions and all publicly-traded institutions including us. We
complied with the request in a timely manner. The Committee sought this information to develop an accurate and
in-depth understanding of how for-profit schools use Federal resources such as Title IV Program aid. The letter
of inquiry contained no assertion of misuse of public funds or assumption of non-compliance with federal law
and regulations. While we believe we will be found to have operated in a substantially compliant manner with
respect to applicable federal law and regulations, at this time we cannot predict whether this inquiry will result in
any material impact on the manner in which we conduct our business, or how significant any such impacts
might be.

Furthermore, the U.S. Government Accountability Office conducted a review and made recommendations to
Congress regarding recruiting practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of safeguards
against fraud, waste and abuse in Title IV Programs and the percentage of for-profit college revenue derived
from Title IV Programs and other federal funding sources.

In September 2011, Senators Harkin, Carper and Webb held a press conference to release what was referred
to as “new data” detailing the top recipients of Post-9/11 GI Bill funds. The Senators stated that there would be
bipartisan legislation introduced by the end of the calendar year 2011 to include military and veteran funding in
the 90 percent portion of the 90/10 calculation. The Senators also discussed the possibility of congressional
action to (i) roll back 90/10 to 85/15; (ii) strengthen the existing incentive compensation regulations; and (iii) to
reinstate the “50% Rule,” which would restrict schools from receiving Title IV Program funds if they offer more
than half their courses via distance education or enroll more than half of their students in online programs.
Additionally, the Senators announced several other legislative priorities, including ensuring that the gainful
employment rule is not repealed and instituting a federal performance-based funding mechanism, so that
education funds are distributed based on student outcomes, such as completion and job placement.

Following the press conference, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Government Affairs,
Subcommittee on Federal Financial Management, Government Information, Federal Services, and International
Security, held a hearing entitled “Improving Educational Outcomes for our Military and Veterans.” The hearing
focused on, among other matters, laying the groundwork for including military and veterans benefits in the 90
percent portion of the 90/10 calculation. The representatives from the Veteran’s Administration described current
and upcoming compliance and reporting requirements that they have initiated to monitor student outcomes. They
also spoke of an ongoing taskforce which included the Department of Defense, Veteran’s Administration and ED
that was convened to address many of the issues affecting military and veteran students.

There will likely be continued examination in the Senate of for-profit institutions with particular focus on

Title IV and federal education benefit programs for veterans.

Program Integrity

On October 29, 2010, ED issued new regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of
Title IV Programs, regulations which, with minor exceptions, became effective July 1, 2011. Since the
publication of the new regulations, ED has issued interpretive guidance in the form of multiple Dear Colleague
Letters to institutions. The letters provide sub-regulatory guidance on certain aspects of the new regulations
which assists institutions with understanding the regulations in these areas. However, there remains uncertainty
in how various aspects of the new regulations will be interpreted and applied, which could increase the risk that
ED could seek to impose monetary or other sanctions on us if it believed we were not in full compliance with all
aspects of the new regulations. Additionally, on June 13, 2011, ED published new regulations related to the
metrics for determining whether an academic program prepares students for gainful employment, which become
effective July 1, 2012. The resulting program integrity rules promulgated in October 2010 and June 2011 address
fourteen topics.

19

The new regulations that have the most significant potential impact on our business are the following:

• new requirements about what constitutes satisfactory state authorization for

institutions to offer

postsecondary education in a state for purposes of establishing Title IV Program eligibility;

• the gainful employment requirements;

• determining when a program of study is required to measure student progress in clock hours and the

assignment of credit hours;

• the elimination of the 12 safe harbors regarding the incentive compensation prohibition;

• the revised definition of “substantial misrepresentation” that could impose enhanced liability on

institutions of higher education; and

• the requirement to notify ED of, and possibly obtaining ED’s approval to offer, additional programs of

study that lead to gainful employment.

State Authorization. State authorization, as discussed previously in this filing, is required for an institution
to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs. We cannot predict the extent to which ED will
determine that the institutional authorization or complaint review process of any state satisfies ED’s regulations.
These new regulations became effective July 1, 2011 and will compel our institutions to respond quickly to
evolving state requirements. Any change in state law based on these provisions could require significant changes
to our operations and require us to meet significantly more stringent compliance requirements which could have
a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Gainful Employment. The HEA requires an eligible for-profit institution to provide “an eligible program
of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation” in order for the institution’s
students to qualify for Title IV Program assistance. ED is relying on this statutory provision to support
promulgation and implementation of the “gainful employment” rule. ED published new regulations on June 13,
2011, which will become effective on July 1, 2012, imposing additional Title IV Program eligibility requirements
on certain educational programs. The gainful employment regulations published on June 13, 2011 establish
metrics for determining whether a program will qualify as such an educational program. Specifically, a program
will qualify as leading to gainful employment in a recognized occupation if we can establish that the program
meets at least one of three annual, program-level student metrics:

• debt repayment rate which requires that at least 35 percent of the program’s former students are

successfully repaying their loans, as defined by the regulation;

• debt-to-discretionary income ratio, which requires that the estimated annual loan payment of a typical

graduate of the program does not exceed 30 percent of her or his discretionary income; or

• debt-to-total earnings ratio which requires that the estimated annual loan payment of the typical graduate

does not exceed 12 percent of her or his total earnings.

A graduate’s loan debt is calculated based upon the program’s median debt, including federal and private
loans. The earnings used will generally be based on information received from the Social Security
Administration. All three metrics will generally examine student information in their third and fourth year after
graduation, with certain exceptions.

If an academic program fails all three metrics in a year, the institution must disclose the amount by which
the program missed the minimum acceptable performance and the institution’s plan to improve the program.
Also, the institution must establish a three-day waiting period before students can enroll. If an academic program
fails all three metrics in two out of three years, the institution must inform students in the failing program that
their debts may be unaffordable and the program may lose eligibility to receive federal student financial aid
funds, and must describe for students their available transfer options. If an academic program fails all three
metrics in three out of four years, the academic program would become ineligible to participate in Title IV
Programs for at least three years.

The gainful employment standards will be calculated on a fiscal year basis beginning with FFY 2012. The
first FFY for which eligibility could be lost for a program is 2015, which would occur if the program fails all

20

three standards for each of 2012, 2013, and 2014. At this time, and based on our preliminary analysis as
measured in the manner set forth in the final gainful employment regulations and information currently available,
we believe that our programs prepare students for gainful employment and will maintain eligibility to participate
in Title IV Programs.

The new regulations, which became effective on July 1, 2011, include gainful employment disclosure
requirements. Consistent with ED’s gainful employment disclosure requirements, we established a webpage to
disclose to the general public certain information about our programs, including recognized occupations, costs,
completion rate, graduate employment rate and median loan debt of individuals who complete our programs. The
webpage is located at www.uti.edu/disclosure. This requirement to report information relating to our programs to
assist prospective students in making informed decisions has substantially increased our administrative burdens,
particularly during the implementation phase. Such disclosures could negatively impact student enrollment in our
institutions, which could have a material impact on our results of operations. The new regulations also require
schools to provide ED with information that will allow determination of student debt levels and incomes after
program completion.

Assignment of Credit Hours and Clock Hours. The new regulations which became effective July 1, 2011
establish standard definitions for financial aid credit hours applicable to all institutions approved by ED and
expand the definition of programs that must be measured in terms of clock hours for Title IV Program purposes.
These definitions are applied on a program-by-program basis, are based on certain internal and external
characteristics of an educational program and can vary by campus location. The new requirements are grouped
into three categories: (i) a new credit definition for degree programs and fully transferable nondegree programs;
(ii) a revised credit definition for nontransferable nondegree programs; and (iii) the creation of a series of triggers
that require certain programs to be measured for Title IV Program purposes in terms of clock hours.

Most of our programs at the UTI Avondale, Arizona campus result in degrees and therefore are subject to
the first of the three categories. The remainder of our campuses must be converted using the revised calculation
applicable to nontransferable nondegree programs, including consideration of additional activities outside the
classroom. Based on available publications and agency guidance, we do not believe any of our programs as
currently constituted must be treated as clock hour programs for Title IV Program purposes under the new
requirements. If ED were to determine that our credit hour assignments were incorrect or that our programs must
be treated as clock hour programs, the Title IV Program funds available for students enrolled in such programs
could be significantly less than currently available.

The new ED regulatory structure relies heavily on the accreditors to assess compliance with the new
regulations. We have been working closely with ACCSC to confirm that our programs comply with ACCSC
expectations with respect to the assignment of credit hours. Additionally, ED advised in a Dear Colleague Letter
dated March 18, 2011 describing the new credit/clock hour requirements, that it “understands institutions and
accrediting agencies face challenges in implementing these new requirements.” The Letter further noted for the
2011-2012 award year “as long as an institution or accrediting agency is in the process of complying with these
provisions, [ED] will consider the institution or accrediting agency to be making a good-faith effort to comply,
and Department staff will take this effort into consideration when reviewing an institution’s or accrediting
agency’s implementation of the regulations.” As a result of our efforts before and after July 1, 2011, we believe
we are in substantial compliance with the new requirements and have acted in good faith. We will continue to
work with ACCSC to ensure our educational programs remain in compliance.

Incentive Compensation. An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission,
bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or the award of
financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions
regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing this requirement do not
establish clear criteria for compliance in all circumstances. However, ED regulations in effect prior to July 1, 2011
established criteria for complying with this standard in certain situations in the form of 12 safe harbors that defined
specific types of permissible compensation practices. Prior to July 1, 2011, we relied on several of these safe
harbors to ensure that our compensation and recruitment practices complied with the applicable legal requirements.
The new regulations, which became effective on July 1, 2011, eliminated the safe harbors and the corresponding
descriptions that defined certain appropriate and permissible compensation arrangements.

21

The new regulations prohibit schools from making salary adjustments to covered employees based, in any
part, directly or indirectly, on the employee’s success in securing enrollments or financial aid, or the number of
students recruited, enrolled or awarded financial aid. Similarly, the new regulations prohibit any payments or
incentives to covered employees based on students’ graduation or completion of any part of their program.
Additionally, the commentary to the new regulation states that the payment of incentives to covered employees
based on how many students receive jobs in their field of study after graduation is also prohibited. The new
regulations also provide that the compensation restrictions will apply to any employee who undertakes recruiting
or admitting of students, or who makes decisions about and awards Title IV Program funds, as well as any higher
level employee with responsibility for recruitment or admission of students, or making decisions about awarding
Title IV Program funds. ED has made an initial attempt to clarify the scope of such “covered employees” in
written guidance it issued in March 2011.

Furthermore, the new regulations repealed the safe harbor on contracts with third parties for recruitment
services, which had allowed schools to make any form of payment, including tuition sharing arrangements, to
outside companies that assisted schools with recruiting, admissions activities or the awarding of financial aid, so
long as the outside company compensated its own employees in accordance with the incentive compensation
restrictions applicable to how schools could compensate their own employees. In eliminating this safe harbor, the
new regulations state that the same restrictions on a school’s payments to its own individual employees will also
be applied to a school’s payments to an outside company. The new regulations provide an exception to this
principle, which permits payments to an outside company for providing student contact
information for
prospective students, provided that such payments are not based on the number of students who apply or enroll,
or on any additional conduct by the outside company such as participation in pre-admission activities. The
commentary accompanying the new regulations also provides that payments made to third parties based on the
number of clicks on a website are permissible, as long as those payments are not based in any part, directly or
indirectly, on the number of individuals who enroll or are awarded financial aid.

When it issued the new regulations, ED also stated that it does not intend to provide private guidance to
individual schools on their specific compensation practices, but that it may issue additional broadly applicable
guidance to all schools from time to time. In March 2011, ED issued the first such guidance on the new incentive
compensation regulations in the form of a Dear Colleague Letter to all schools participating in the Title IV
Programs. In that guidance, ED addressed several issues, including: (i) activities ED considers covered or exempt
from the incentive compensation restrictions; (ii) examples of types of payments ED considers to be permissible
under the new regulations; (iii) application of the compensation restrictions to senior managers, executives, and
other employees; (iv) standard evaluative factors that schools may use in determining the compensation of
covered employees; and (v) limited situations in which tuition-based payments can be made to outside
companies.

Because the new regulations differ significantly from the pre-existing regulations and only took effect
July 1, 2011, and because of the imprecise nature of many aspects of the new regulations, it is not clear how ED
will apply the new regulations in all circumstances. Although we cannot guarantee that ED will not take a
position that some aspect of our compensation practices is not in compliance with the new regulations, we
believe that our compensation plans and practices were in compliance with the HEA and ED regulations as they
existed prior to the July 1, 2011 effective date of the new regulations. We made modifications to our employee
compensation structures to comply with the new regulation and the elimination of the safe harbors in the prior
regulations. Such modifications were effective on or before July 1, 2011. Other companies in the industry have
experienced and reported material adverse impacts to their business when they implemented changes to their
compensation practices, but we cannot fully predict whether we will experience a similar impact given our
dissimilar solutions, culture and timing, nor can we predict how significant any such impact will be. Our
operating costs have changed and will continue to change materially based on any adjustments to compensation
that we have made or may make in the future. The revisions to the governing regulations may adversely affect
our ability to compensate our employees and our compensation practices for third parties. Given the fact that ED
does not intend to review individual institutions’ compensation plans and the elimination of the safe harbors, we
anticipate it will be more difficult to determine what constitutes compliance with the incentive compensation
restrictions after the July 1, 2011 effective date of the new regulations than it was prior to July 1, 2011.

22

Revisions to Misrepresentation Regulations. The new regulations make significant changes to the
definition of misrepresentation for purposes of Title IV Program compliance. That term now includes any false,
erroneous or misleading statement that has the likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse without regard to
materiality or intent. The areas of particular sensitivity to ED include: (i) potential misrepresentation of the
nature of an educational program; (ii) the nature of any financial charges; (iii) the employability of graduates and
(iv) the manner in which the institution’s relationship with ED is depicted. The new regulations also establish
institutional liability for any statements made by any third party agent of our institutions or UTI and for
statements made to any member of the public, an accrediting agency or any state agency, as well as to students.
The new regulations also broaden the administrative remedies available to ED in the event of a substantial
misrepresentation by an eligible institution to include revocation of the institution’s eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs, imposition of limitations on the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs, denial of
participation applications filed on behalf of the institution, and initiation of a termination, fine or other
proceeding against the institution. Furthermore, the regulations create potential new exposure in qui tam actions
under the False Claims Act. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the new regulations.

ED Approvals for New Programs.

In addition to the qualitative gainful employment requirements adopted
on June 13, 2011, the new regulations contained provisions imposing increased notification and approval
requirements for the award of Title IV Program funds in any additional programs to be offered by a for-profit
institution. It also contained new disclosure requirements that will apply to programs that are required to
demonstrate gainful employment in a recognized occupation.

Under these regulations, an institution seeking to initiate a new program is required to provide ED at least
90 days notice in the form of an extended narrative. An institution cannot use Title IV Program funds for an
educational program until it is approved.

In reviewing new program applications, ED will also consider broader questions such as the institution’s
financial and administrative track record, whether the new program would replace or supplement existing
programs and whether the number of proposed new programs is consistent with the institution’s historic pattern
in growth and operations. Furthermore, the regulations state the program approval process will be driven by
performance on the new gainful employment metrics once they are in place. Therefore, the regulations related to
ED pre-approval of new programs under the gainful employment regulations published on October 29, 2010 and
effective on July 1, 2011 could be superseded as early as July 1, 2012. Our ability to offer new programs to our
students may be limited by the new regulations, including our performance on the gainful employment metrics.
As noted above, at this time, and based on our preliminary analysis as measured in the manner set forth in the
final gainful employment regulations and information currently available, we believe that our programs prepare
students for gainful employment.

On September 27, 2011, ED issued a notice of proposed rulemaking which includes further information and
detail with respect to the new program application process. This notice would, among other things, limit the
gainful employment programs for which an institution must apply to ED to those programs that are: (i) the same
as or substantially similar to, programs that were voluntarily discontinued because they were failing under the
gainful employment measures; (ii) programs that are substantially similar to failing or ineligible programs or
(iii) programs that lead to a higher credential than existing programs. Under this notice, a program will be
substantially similar if it has the same credential level and first four digits of the CIP code as that of the failing
program. Additionally, the notice clarifies that institutions will have to apply for new program eligibility in any
case that ED directs such application and provides further detail about the new program review process.

The “90/10 Rule.” A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it derives
more than 90% of its revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years as calculated under a cash
basis formula mandated by ED. The HEOA and ED regulations set forth specific requirements for the calculation
of the Title IV Program revenue percentage, mandate expanded disclosure requirements in how an institution
presents the calculation, and impose negative consequences if an institution exceeds the 90% limit.

The HEOA provides that an institution will lose its Title IV Program eligibility for a period of at least two
institutional fiscal years if it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive institutional fiscal years. The loss of
such eligibility would begin on the first day following the conclusion of the second consecutive year in which the

23

institution exceeded the 90% limit and, as such, any Title IV Program funds already received by the institution
and its students during a period of ineligibility would have to be returned to ED or a lender, if applicable.
Additionally, if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the institution on provisional
certification for a period of at least two years.

The HEOA sets specific standards for certain elements in the calculation of an institution’s percentage under
the 90/10 Rule, including the treatment of certain portions of Stafford loans, institutional loans and revenue
received from students who are enrolled in educational programs that are not eligible for Title IV Program
funding. The annual unsubsidized Stafford loans available for undergraduate students under the FFEL/DL
program increased by $2,000 on July 1, 2008, which, coupled with increases in the amount of Pell Grants
available to students, has resulted and may continue to result in some of our institutions receiving an increased
amount of revenue from Title IV Programs. Furthermore, the number of Pell-eligible students enrolled in our
institutions has increased due to the general economic conditions, thereby increasing the total cash basis revenue
our institutions receive from the Pell Grant program.

The HEOA provides limited short-term relief from these increases in the availability of Title IV Program
funds, but certain provisions of the HEOA that provide the basis for this relief expired in our 2011 fiscal year or
will expire in our 2012 fiscal year. Specifically, for the period from July 1, 2008 until June 30, 2011, an
institution was able to count as non-Title IV Program revenue a portion of any unsubsidized Stafford loan, up to
$2,000, that exceeds the maximum loan amount for a student under the law in effect prior to July 1, 2008.
Furthermore, for the period from July 1, 2008 until June 30, 2012, schools that provide institutional loans to their
students may count the net present value of those loans as non-Title IV Program revenue in the fiscal year the
loan is made, rather than counting cash payments from the students over the repayment period. We count the
loans under our proprietary loan program using the net present value of those loans as non-Title IV Program
revenue. We have monitored the effects of these short-term relief measures on our 90/10 Rule calculations and,
based on our internal review, we believe our revenue from Title IV Programs will be in the low to mid 80%
range after the temporary relief expires.

At September 30, 2011, our institutions’ annual Title IV percentages as calculated under the 90/10 rule
ranged from approximately 71% to 79%. We regularly monitor compliance with this requirement to minimize the
risk that any of our institutions would derive more than the allowable maximum percentage of its revenue from
Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.

Federal Student Loan Defaults. To remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, institutions must
maintain federal student loan cohort default rates below specified levels. ED calculates an institution’s cohort
default rate on an annual basis. Under the current calculation, the FFEL/DL cohort default rate is derived from
student FFEL/DL borrowers who first enter loan repayment during a FFY ending September 30 and subsequently
default on those loans by the end of the following FFY; parent borrowers are excluded from the calculation. This
represents a two-year measuring period. An institution whose cohort default rate is 25% or more for three
consecutive FFYs or 40% for any given FFY loses eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs. This
sanction is effective for the remainder of the FFY in which the institution lost its eligibility and for the two
subsequent FFYs. None of our institutions had a FFEL cohort default rate of 25% or greater for 2009, 2008 or
2007, the three most recent FFYs with published rates.

The following table sets forth the FFEL cohort default rates for our institutions for those years:

Institution

Two-Year Cohort
Default Rates for
Cohort Years Ended
September 30,(1)

2009

2008

2007

Universal Technical Institute of Arizona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Technical Institute of Texas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All proprietary postsecondary institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.7% 4.7% 6.5%
9.0% 5.1% 6.8%
8.8% 4.7% 6.2%
15.0% 11.6% 11.0%

(1) Based on information published by the U.S. Department of Education.

24

The HEOA expands the measurement period for defaults from two years to three; a change that is expected
to increase our FFEL/DL cohort default rates. The new regulations also increase the threshold for an institution to
lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs from 25% to 30%. The one year threshold of 40% has not been
increased. ED will calculate both the current two-year and the three-year cohort default rates beginning with the
2009 cohort. Sanctions will be applicable after three consecutive years of cohort default rates are available.
Therefore, there will be no sanctions for the three year rates prior to publication of the 2011 cohort which we
anticipate will occur in September of 2014.

An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL/DL program is less than 10% for three consecutive
years is not subject to a 30 day delay in receiving the first disbursement on federal student loans. As of
September 30, 2011, none of our institutions are subject to delayed disbursements. An institution whose cohort
default rate under the FFEL/DL program is 25% or greater, but less than 40%, for any one of the three most
recent federal fiscal years may be placed on provisional certification status by ED for up to three years. None of
our institutions are on provisional status with ED.

Perkins. An institution with a Perkins program cohort default rate that is greater than 15% for any federal
award year, which is the twelve month period from July 1 through June 30, may be placed on provisional
certification. For the federal award year ended June 30, 2010, all three of our institutions had Perkins cohort
default rates of less than 13%. Although the Perkins cohort default rate for the federal award year ended June 30,
2009 was greater than 15% for two of our three institutions, we have not been advised that we have been placed
on provisional certification status. If we are placed on provisional certification status for any reason, ED may
more closely review any application we file for recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
acquisitions of other schools, increase in degree level or other signification changes. Furthermore, for an
institution that is provisionally certified, ED may revoke the institution’s certification without advance notice or
advance opportunity to challenge the action. An institution with Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for
three consecutive federal award years loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins program and must liquidate its
loan portfolio. None of our institutions had a Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the last
three federal award years. ED also will not provide any additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans
in any federal award year in which the institution’s Perkins cohort default rate is 25% or greater. None of our
institutions has had its federal Perkins funding eliminated for the past three federal award years. For the federal
award year ending June 30, 2011, as with the two preceding federal award years, ED will not disburse any new
federal funds to any institutions for Perkins loans due to federal appropriations limitations. In our 2011 fiscal
year, we derived less than 1% of our revenues from the Perkins program.

Financial Responsibility Standards. All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy
specific ED standards of financial responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards
each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change of control
of the institution.

The institution’s financial responsibility is measured by its composite score which is calculated by ED based

on three ratios:

• the equity ratio which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

• the primary reserve ratio which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from

expendable resources; and

• the net income ratio which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0,
with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a
weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a
composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further oversight. In addition to having an acceptable composite
score, an institution must, among other things, meet all of its financial obligations including required refunds to
students and any Title IV Program liabilities and debts, be current in its debt payments, and not receive an
adverse, qualified, or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its audited financial statements. If ED determines

25

that an institution does not satisfy its financial responsibility standards, depending on the resulting composite
score and other factors, that institution may establish its financial responsibility on an alternative basis by:

• posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by

the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year;

• posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year’s Title IV Program funds;

• accepting provisional certification; or

• complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds

under an arrangement other than ED’s standard advance funding arrangement.

ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our institutions on a consolidated basis based on the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. as the parent company. ED’s regulations permit ED to
examine the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the financial statements of each institution
and the financial statements of any related party. Our composite score has exceeded the required minimum
composite score of 1.5 for each of our fiscal years since 2004.

Return of Title IV Funds. An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of
unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational
programs before completing them. The institution must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate
lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines
that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or
more of the students in the audit or program review sample, the institution must post a letter of credit in favor of
ED in an amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program funds that should have been returned in the previous
fiscal year. Our 2011 and 2010 Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our institutions for exceeding the
5% late payment threshold.

Institution Acquisitions. When a company acquires an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV
Programs, that institution undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.
Upon such a change of control, an institution’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally
suspended until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible institution under its new ownership which
requires that the institution also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. ED may temporarily and
provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while ED
reviews the institution’s application. The time required for ED to act on such an application may vary
substantially. ED’s recertification of an institution following a change of control is typically on a provisional
basis. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to acquire additional institutions and have them
certified by ED to participate in Title IV Programs following affirmation of state licensure and accreditation.
Although we believe we will be able to obtain all necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and
the applicable state agencies for our expansion plans, we cannot ensure that such approvals will be obtained at all
or in a timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability of Title IV Program funds for our students.

Change of Control.

In addition to institution acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a
change of control. ED and most state education agencies and our accrediting commission have standards
pertaining to the change of control of institutions, but these standards are not uniform. ED’s regulations describe
some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting
stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. With respect to a publicly-traded corporation, ED
regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate
the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the
corporation has a “Controlling Stockholder”, as defined in ED regulations, that owns or controls through
agreement at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest stockholder of
the corporation, and that stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest
stockholder. These change of control standards are subject to interpretation by ED. Most of the states and our
accrediting commission include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of

26

control. A change of control under the definition of these agencies would require any affected institution to have
its state authorization and accreditation reaffirmed by that agency. The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation
from the states and our accrediting commission vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which our company or institutions are
involved. Some corporate re-organizations and some changes in the board of directors are examples of such
transactions. Additionally, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by
us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. If a future
transaction results in a change of control of our company or our institutions, we believe that we will be able to
obtain all necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and the applicable state education agencies.
However, we cannot ensure that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a timely manner that will not delay
or reduce the availability of Title IV Program funds for our students.

Opening Additional Institutions and Adding Educational Programs. For-profit educational institutions
must be authorized by their state education agencies, accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED,
and be fully operational for two years before applying to ED to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an
institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to
participate in Title IV Programs at that location without regard to the two-year requirement, if such additional
location satisfies all other applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our
ability to open new campuses as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account ED’s
approval requirements. Currently, all of our institutions are eligible to offer Title IV Program funding.

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible
educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Our expansion plans are based,
in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing institutions. Generally, until July 1, 2011,
an institution that was eligible to participate in Title IV Programs (and was not provisionally certified) was able
to add a new educational program without ED approval if:

• the new program was licensed by the applicable state agency, accredited by an agency recognized by ED
and led to an associate level or higher degree and the institution already offered programs at that level; or

• the new program met minimum length requirements and prepared students for gainful employment in the
same or a related occupation as an educational program that had previously been designated as an eligible
program at that institution.

However, effective July 1, 2011, new regulations went into effect including the notice and preapproval
provisions previously discussed in this filing with respect to the new gainful employment regulations. As such, as
of July 1, 2011, institutions must obtain preapproval for any new programs subject to the gainful employment
requirements. These new regulations may create significant obstacles to our expansion plans and may result in
delay based on implementation of the new program approval process. Additionally, as noted above, on
September 27, 2011, ED issued a notice of proposed rulemaking, which provides additional detail concerning the
application process for new programs.

Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting commission also have requirements that may
affect our institutions’ ability to open a new location, establish an additional location of an existing institution or
begin offering a new or revised educational program. We do not believe that these standards will create
significant obstacles to our expansion plans.

Administrative Capability. ED assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates in
Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead ED to
find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs, require the institution to repay Title IV Program
funds, change the method of payment of Title IV Program funds, or place the institution on provisional
certification as a condition of its continued participation.

Eligibility and Certification Procedures. The HEOA specifies the manner in which ED reviews
institutions for eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV Programs. Every educational institution
seeking Title IV Program funding for its students must be certified to participate and is required to periodically
renew this certification. Each institution must apply to ED for continued certification to participate in Title IV

27

Programs at least every six years, or if it undergoes a change of control. Furthermore, an institution may come
under ED review if it expands its activities in certain ways such as opening an additional location or raising the
highest academic credential it offers. The Program Participation Agreement (PPA) document serves as ED’s
formal authorization of an institution and its associated additional locations to participate in Title IV Programs
for a specified period of time. Universal Technical Institute of Arizona and Universal Technical Institute of
Phoenix were recertified in October 2010 and entered into new PPAs with ED which will expire on June 30,
2016. Universal Technical Institute of Texas was recertified in June 2006 and entered into a new PPA with ED
which will expire March 31, 2012.

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations. Our institutions are subject
to audits and program compliance reviews by various external agencies, including ED, ED’s Office of Inspector
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
our accrediting commission. Each of our institutions’ administration of Title IV Program funds must also be
audited annually by independent accountants and the resulting audit report submitted to ED for review. If ED or
another regulatory agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or
violated a provision of the HEA or ED’s regulations, that institution could be required to repay such funds and
could be assessed an administrative fine. ED could also transfer the institution from the advance method of
receiving Title IV Program funds to a cash monitoring or reimbursement system, which could negatively impact
cash flow at an institution. Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by us or any of our
institutions could be the basis for a proceeding by ED to fine the affected institution or to limit, suspend or
terminate the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs. Generally, such a termination extends
for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation. There is no ED proceeding
pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions’ participation in
Title IV Programs, and we have no written notice that any such proceeding is currently contemplated. Violations
of Title IV Program requirements could also subject us or our institutions to other civil and criminal penalties.

28

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

We provide the following cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly inaccurate assumptions
relevant to our business. These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results
to differ materially from expected and historical results. We note these factors for investors within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not
consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Failure of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for school operations could
result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding.

In 2011, we derived approximately 75% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from federal student financial aid
programs, referred to in this Report on Form 10-K as Title IV Programs, administered by ED. To participate in
Title IV Programs, an institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible institution
by ED. As a result, our institutions are subject to extensive regulation by the state education agencies, our
accrediting commission and ED. These regulatory requirements cover the vast majority of our operations,
including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures,
marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements also affect our
institutions or campuses, add new, or expand our existing
ability to acquire, expand or open additional
educational programs and change our corporate structure and ownership. Most ED requirements are applied on
an institutional basis, with an “institution” defined by ED as a main campus and its additional locations, if any.
Under ED’s definition, we have three such institutions. The state education agencies, our accrediting commission
and ED periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements.

If our institutions failed to comply with any of these regulatory requirements, our regulatory agencies could
impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our schools’ operations, terminate our schools’ ability to grant
degrees, diplomas and certificates, revoke our schools’ accreditation or terminate their eligibility to receive Title
IV Program funds, each of which could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and financial
condition, and impose significant operating restrictions upon us. We cannot predict with certainty how all of
these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with all of
the requirements in the future. We believe that we have described the most significant regulatory risks that apply
to our schools in the following paragraphs.

Failure to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could materially and adversely affect our
business.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be certified as
eligible by ED. The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV Programs, the large number
of students and institutions participating in those programs and instances of fraud and abuse have prompted ED
to exercise significant regulatory oversight over institutions participating in Title IV Programs. Accrediting
commissions and state agencies also oversee compliance with both their respective standards and with Title IV
Program requirements. As a result, each of our institutions is subject to detailed oversight and review and must
comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because ED periodically revises its regulations and
changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV
Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Additionally, given the complex nature of the
regulations, the fact that they are subject to multiple interpretations, and the large volume of Title IV transactions
in which we are involved, it is reasonable to conclude that, from time to time, in the conduct of our business, we
may inadvertently violate such regulations. In such an event, remedial action may be necessary, regulatory
proceedings could occur and regulatory penalties could be assessed, any of which could have a material impact
on our cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition.

29

Significant factors relating to Title IV Program eligibility that could adversely affect us include the

following:

State Authorization

A campus that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be authorized by the relevant education agency
of the state in which it is located. Requirements for authorization vary substantially among states. State
authorization is also required for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV Programs. Loss of state
authorization by any of our campuses from the education agency of the state in which the campus is located
would end that campus’ eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the campus,
which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Accreditation

A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED in order to participate in Title
IV Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our campuses would end that campus’ participation in Title IV
Programs and could cause us to close the campus, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results
of operations and financial condition. Additionally, a change in accreditation to a more restrictive or monitored
status could restrict our ability to add new programs, open new campuses or increase recruitment activity, which
could also have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

The “90/10 Rule”

Under the “90/10 Rule,” a for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it
derives more than 90% of its revenue from those programs for two consecutive institutional fiscal years, under a
cash-basis calculation mandated by ED. The period of ineligibility covers at least the next two succeeding fiscal
years, and any Title IV Program funds already received by the institution and its students during the period of
ineligibility would have to be returned to ED or the applicable lender, if FFEL loans were included in the
calculation. If an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the institution on provisional
certification for a period of at least two years. If we are placed on provisional certification status for any reason,
ED may more closely view any application we file for recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
revisions to existing educational programs, acquisitions of other schools, increase in degree level or other
significant changes. Furthermore, for an institution that is provisionally certified, ED may revoke the institution’s
certification without advance notice or advance opportunity to challenge the action. In our 2011 fiscal year, under
the regulatory formula prescribed by ED, none of our institutions derived more than 80% of its revenues from
Title IV Programs. If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, such a loss
would adversely affect our students’ access to Title IV Program funds they need to pay their educational
expenses, which could reduce our student population and would have a material impact on our cash flows, results
of operations and financial condition.

Federal Student Loan Defaults

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if its former students
default on the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels. Based upon the most recent
student loan default rates published by ED, none of our institutions has student loan default rates that exceed the
specified levels. If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs because of high
student loan default rates, such a loss would adversely affect our students’ access to various Title IV Program
funds which could reduce our student population and would have a material impact on our cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition.

Financial Responsibility Standards

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility
prescribed by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly accept other conditions on its participation
in Title IV Programs. The operating conditions that may be placed on a school that does not meet the standards of
financial responsibility include being transferred from the advance payment method of receiving Title IV

30

Program funds to either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring system, which could result in a
significant delay in the institution’s receipt of those funds or increased administrative costs relating to those
funds. We are not currently required to post a letter of credit on behalf of any of our schools and are not subject
to additional operating conditions. We may be required to post letters of credit in the future, which could increase
our costs of regulatory compliance, or change the timing of receipt of Title IV Program funds. Our inability to
obtain a required letter of credit or the imposition of other limitations on our participation in Title IV Programs
could limit our students’ access to Title IV Program funds, which could reduce our student population and could
have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Return of Title IV Funds

A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV
Program funds that has been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before
completing them and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner to ED or the appropriate lender,
generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds
are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of ED, pay
interest on the late repayment of funds, or be otherwise sanctioned by ED, which could increase our cost of
regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, the failure to timely return
Title IV Program funds also could result in the termination of eligibility to receive such funds going forward or
the imposition of other sanctions. Any of these results could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition. Given the complex nature of the regulations applicable to Title IV refunds
and the fact they are subject to multiple interpretations, and the large volume of such transactions in which we
are involved, it is reasonable to conclude that, from time to time, in the conduct of our business, we may
inadvertently violate such regulations. In such an event, remedial actions may be necessary, regulatory
proceedings could occur and regulatory penalties could be assessed.

Administrative Capability

ED regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite
“administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs. These criteria require, among other things, that
the institution:

• comply with all Title IV Program regulations;

• have capable and sufficient personnel to administer Title IV Programs;

• have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

• administer the Title IV Programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls over

financial reporting;

• divide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program funds so that no office

has the responsibility for both functions;

• establish and maintain records required under the Title IV Program regulations;

• develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from sources

regarding a student’s application for financial aid under Title IV Programs;

• do not have a student loan cohort default rate above specified levels;

• refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student,
employee or agent of the institution has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title
IV Programs;

• not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or

engaging in activity that is the cause of debarment or suspension;

• provide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;

• timely submit all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and

31

• not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may:

• require the repayment of Title IV Program funds;

• impose a less favorable payment system for the institution’s receipt of Title IV Program funds;

• place the institution on provisional certification status; or

• commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the

institution in Title IV Programs.

Effective July 1, 2011, new regulations went into effect, adding additional provisions related to evaluation
of the validity of high school diplomas for establishing high school completion and referencing the revised
satisfactory academic progress requirements. If we fail to maintain administrative capability as defined by ED,
we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs or have that eligibility adversely conditioned,
which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our
students, could have a negative effect on our student population and consequently, on our cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition.

The student loan market has undergone significant changes in the past few years including increased
regulations from the HEA reauthorization in 2008, elimination of the FFEL program in 2010, and contraction in
credit markets that has reduced availability of private student loans for certain institutions and/or students. Many
banks and lending institutions have discontinued their private student loan programs. Those that have stayed in
the market have increased financing costs, both rates and fees, to offset the risks associated with offering
unsecured debt. Additionally, the broader economic environment has put pressure on students’ ability to repay
their loans, resulting in higher default rates. These factors may result in lending institutions continuing to exit the
student loan market and for other providers to determine not to enter the market, which could decrease the
availability of alternative loans to postsecondary students, including students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans that seek to enroll. Prospective students may find that
increased financing costs make borrowing to fund their education costs unattractive and motivate them to
abandon or delay enrollment in postsecondary education programs such as ours. Tight credit markets may also
move private lenders to impose on us and on our prospective and continuing students new or increased fees in
order to provide alternative loans. If any of these scenarios were to occur, in whole or in part, our students’
ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and could result in a decrease in our student
population, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Congress may change the law or reduce funding for Title IV Programs which could reduce our student
population, revenues and/or profit margin.

Congress periodically revises the HEA, and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually
determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. Congress most recently reauthorized the HEA in 2008
and the new law contains numerous revisions to the requirements governing Title IV Programs as discussed
throughout this Report on Form 10-K. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV
Programs or the ability of our schools or students to receive funding through these programs could reduce our
student population and revenues. Congressional action may also require us to modify our practices in ways that
could increase administrative costs, reduce the ability of students to finance their education at our schools, and
materially decrease student enrollment and result in decreased profitability.

Congress has continued its examination of the for-profit education sector that could result in legislation or
further ED rulemaking restricting Title IV Program participation by for-profit schools in a manner that
materially and adversely affects our business.

Congress continues to be intensely focused on for-profit education institutions, specifically regarding
participation in Title IV Programs and U.S. Department of Defense oversight of tuition assistance for military
service members attending for-profit colleges. Since June 2010, the Senate HELP Committee has held several

32

hearings examining the business practices of for-profit institutions such as ours. The hearings have focused on
for-profit schools’ student recruitment and marketing practices, their percentage of revenue from Title IV
Program funds, and the quality, cost, and completion rates of programs at for-profit institutions. The most recent
of these hearings was entitled, “Improving For-Profit Higher Education: A Roundtable Discussion of Policy
Solutions.”

In coordination with the HELP Committee hearings, Chairman Harkin has released two reports critical of
for-profit institutions and has announced that he intends to introduce legislation aimed at addressing what he
perceives as abusive practices of some for-profit institutions. He will also most likely hold additional oversight
hearings of the for-profit school industry should he remain HELP Committee Chairman in the next Congress.

In September 2011, Senators Harkin, Carper and Webb held a press conference to release what was referred
to as “new data” detailing the top recipients of Post-9/11 GI Bill funds. The Senators stated that there would be
bipartisan legislation introduced by the end of the calendar year 2011 to include military and veteran funding in
the 90 percent portion of the 90/10 calculation. The Senators also discussed the possibility of congressional
action to: (i) roll back 90/10 to 85/15; (ii) strengthen the existing incentive compensation regulations and (iii) to
reinstate the “50% Rule,” which would restrict schools from receiving Title IV Program funds if they offer more
than half their courses via distance education or enroll more than half of their students in online programs.
Additionally, the Senators announced several other legislative priorities, including ensuring that the gainful
employment rule is not repealed and instituting a federal performance-based funding mechanism, so that
education funds are distributed based on student outcomes, such as completion and job placement.

Following the press conference, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Government Affairs,
Subcommittee on Federal Financial Management, Government Information, Federal Services, and International
Security, held a hearing entitled “Improving Educational Outcomes for our Military and Veterans.” The
representatives from the Veteran’s Administration described current and upcoming compliance and reporting
requirements that they have initiated to monitor student outcomes. They also spoke of an ongoing taskforce
which included the Department of Defense, Veteran’s Administration and Department of Education that was
convened to address many of the issues affecting military and veteran students.

On August 5, 2010, the HELP Committee formally requested information and documents from 30 for-profit
schools, including 15 privately-held institutions and all publicly-traded institutions, including us. We complied
with the request in a timely manner. The Committee sought this information in the pursuit of an accurate and
in-depth understanding of how for-profit schools use Federal resources such as Title IV Program aid.

This Congressional activity could result in the enactment of more stringent legislation by Congress, further
rulemakings affecting participation in Title IV Programs and other governmental actions, increasing regulation of
the for-profit sector. Action by Congress may also increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our
practices in order for our institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements. In addition, concerns
generated by this Congressional activity may adversely affect enrollment in for-profit educational institutions
such as ours. Any laws that are adopted that limit our or our students’ participation in Title IV Programs or in
programs to provide funds for active duty service members and veterans or the amount of student financial aid
for which our students are eligible, or any decreases in enrollment related to the Congressional activity
concerning this sector, could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial
information regarding Congress’ examination of the for-profit
condition. For a description of additional
education sector, see “Business — Regulatory Environment — Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid
Programs — Congressional Action” included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

Compliance with the Program Integrity regulations could materially and adversely affect our business.

On October 29, 2010, ED issued new regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of Title
IV Programs, regulations which, with minor exceptions, became effective July 1, 2011. Since publication of the
new regulations in October, ED has issued interpretive guidance on the new regulations in the form of multiple
Dear Colleague Letters to institutions. The letters provide sub-regulatory guidance on certain aspects of the new
regulations which assists institutions with understanding the regulations in these areas. We made certain
assumptions and interpretations of the program integrity regulations and interpretive guidance publications and

33

implemented solutions to comply with the new regulations based on those assumptions and interpretations.
Interpretation of the new regulations is subject to change as ED provides further guidance and clarification.
Existing or future understandings could be different from ED’s interpretations and thus lead to repayments,
restrictions, fines or litigation. Such further guidance or differences could require us to make additional changes
in our operations and could reduce our student populations and increase our cost of doing business, which could
have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, on June 13, 2011, ED published new regulations related to the metrics for determining
whether an academic program prepares students for gainful employment, which will become effective July 1,
2012.

The new regulations that have the most significant potential impact on our business are the following:

• new requirements about what constitutes satisfactory state authorization for

institutions to offer

postsecondary education in a state;

• the gainful employment requirements;

• determining when a program of study is required to measure student progress in clock hours and the

assignment of credit hours;

• the elimination of the 12 safe harbors regarding the incentive compensation prohibition;

• the revised definition of “substantial misrepresentation” that could impose enhanced liability on

institutions of higher education; and

• the requirement to notify ED of, and possibly obtaining ED’s approval to offer, additional programs of

study that lead to gainful employment.

State Authorization

The new regulations established standards for state authorization that have to be met in order for the state
authorization to be adequate for purposes of establishing the eligibility of an institution to participate in Title IV
Programs. ED will determine whether a state’s institutional authorization and complaint process satisfies ED’s
regulations. We cannot predict the extent to which ED will determine that the institutional authorization or
complaint review process of any state satisfies ED’s regulations. These new regulations became effective July 1,
2011 and will compel our institutions to respond quickly to evolving state requirements. Any change in state law
based on these provisions could require significant changes to our operations and require us to meet significantly
more stringent compliance requirements which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition.

Gainful Employment

ED promulgated final regulations on June 13, 2011, which will become effective on July 1, 2012, imposing
additional Title IV Program eligibility requirements on certain educational programs. Our programs are subject
to ED requirements that the programs prepare students for “gainful employment in a recognized occupation”.
The gainful employment regulations published on June 13, 2011 establish metrics for determining whether a
program will qualify as such an educational program. For additional information on the metrics, see “Business —
Regulatory Environment — Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs — Program Integrity”
included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K. If an academic program fails the applicable metrics in three out
of four years, the academic program would become ineligible to participate in Title IV Program funding for at
least three years. The gainful employment standards will be calculated on a fiscal year basis beginning with FFY
2012. The first year for which eligibility could be lost for a program is 2015, which would occur if the program
fails all applicable standards for each of 2012, 2013, and 2014.

On the basis of this regulation, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV Program
funding could be at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level
of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty
income level, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student

34

loans, and other factors. Additionally, even though deficiencies in the metrics may be correctible on a timely
basis, the disclosure requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact
enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our educational institutions. Any loss of
program eligibility on the basis of this regulation and any requirement to make negative disclosures concerning
our programs could materially and adversely affect our student enrollment, cash flows, results of operations and
financial condition.

On July 1, 2011, consistent with ED’s gainful employment disclosure requirements issued on October 29,
2010, we established a webpage to disclose to the general public certain information about our programs,
including recognized occupations, costs, completion rate, graduate employment rate and median loan debt of
program completers. The webpage is located at www.uti.edu/disclosure. This requirement for reporting
information relating to our programs to assist prospective students in making informed decisions has increased
our administrative burdens. These reporting and the other procedural changes resulting from the new rules may
impact student populations which may have a material impact on the manner in which we conduct our business,
the nature of our programs, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Assignment of Credit Hours and Clock Hours

New regulations effective July 1, 2011 establish standard definitions of program and course measurements
for Title IV Program credit hours applicable to all institutions approved by ED and expand the definition of
programs that must be measured in terms of clock hours for Title IV Program purposes. On March 18, 2011, ED
issued a Dear Colleague Letter that provided limited guidance regarding the regulatory requirements, but left
unresolved issues related to the appropriate measurement of credit hours and triggers for clock hour treatment.
To date, ED has not responded to requests from postsecondary institutions to clarify the credit/clock hour
requirements and therefore the impact of the rule on our operations remains unclear.

However, if ED were to determine that our credit hour assignments are incorrect or that our programs must
be treated as clock hour programs, the Title IV Program funds available for students enrolled in such programs to
pay for their cost of education could be significantly less than currently available. Students interested in any
programs of study that ED determines must be measured in clock hours or which should have been assigned
fewer credit hours may have to use more expensive private financing to pay their cost of education or may
determine that they do not qualify for private financing or that the private financing costs make borrowing too
expensive, which may cause students to abandon or delay their education. Additionally, ED could assess a
repayment liability for any funds disbursed under the credit hour calculation for which the institutions are not
eligible. Any or all of these factors could reduce our enrollment, which could have a material impact on our cash
flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Incentive Compensation

An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive
payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid to any
person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV Program funds. The laws and regulations governing this requirement do not establish clear
criteria for compliance.

As we discussed in previous filings, we made modifications to our employee compensation structures to
comply with the revisions to ED regulations on incentive compensation that became effective July 1, 2011,
which included the elimination of the safe harbors in the regulations that were in effect prior to July 1, 2011.
Other companies in the industry have experienced and reported material adverse impacts to their business when
they implemented changes to their compensation practices, but we cannot fully predict whether we will
experience a similar impact given our dissimilar solutions, culture and timing, nor can we predict how significant
any such impact will be. Our operating costs have changed and may continue to change materially based on any
adjustments to compensation that we have made. The revisions to the governing regulations may adversely affect
our ability to compensate our employees and our compensation practices for third parties. Given the fact that ED
does not intend to review individual institutions’ compensation plans and the elimination of the safe harbors, we

35

to determine what constitutes compliance with the incentive
anticipate it will be even more difficult
compensation restrictions after the July 1, 2011 effective date of the new regulations than it was prior to July 1,
2011. If we violate the current or prior version of the laws or regulations, we could be fined or otherwise
sanctioned, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Revisions to Misrepresentation Regulations

The new regulations make significant changes to the definition of misrepresentation for purposes of Title IV
Program compliance. That term now includes any false, erroneous or misleading statement that has the likelihood
or tendency to deceive or confuse without regard to materiality or intent. The new regulations also establish
institutional liability for any statements made by any third party agent of our institutions or UTI and for
statements made to any member of the public, an accrediting agency or any state agency, as well as to students.
The new regulations also broaden the administrative remedies available to ED in the event of a substantial
misrepresentation by an eligible institution to include: revocation of the institution’s eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs; imposition of limitations on the institution’s participation in Title IV Programs; denial of
participation applications filed on behalf of the institution; and initiation of a termination, fine or other
proceeding against the institution. Furthermore, the regulation creates potential new exposure in qui tam actions
under the False Claims Act. Any failure to comply with these regulations could have a material impact on our
cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

ED Approvals for New Programs

In addition to the qualitative Gainful Employment Requirements adopted on June 13, 2011, the new
regulations issued by ED contained provisions imposing increased notification and approval requirements for the
award of Title IV Program funds in any additional programs to be offered by a for-profit institution, and new
disclosure requirements that will apply to programs that are required to demonstrate gainful employment in a
recognized occupation. These provisions became effective July 1, 2011 and apply to educational programs
offered by our schools, and could affect the manner in which we conduct our business, as well as our cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition. Any failure to comply with these regulations or to obtain new
program approval on a timely basis could have a materially negative effect on our ability to add new programs or
change existing programs, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of operations and
financial condition.

Potential Impact of New Rule

In addition to the program integrity issues specifically addressed above, the new regulations issued by ED
include provisions regarding the following: (i) the types of statements by an institution or parties related to an
institution that constitute prohibited misrepresentation; (ii) written agreements between institutions, particularly
institutions under common ownership or control; (iii) the administration of ability-to-benefit examinations;
(iv) requirements regarding an institution’s return of Title IV Program funds; and (v) certain other issues pertaining
to a student’s eligibility to receive Title IV Program funds. We cannot predict how the recently released or any other
resulting regulations will be interpreted, and therefore whether we will be able to comply with these requirements.
Compliance with the new regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have devoted significant effort to understanding the effects of the new regulations on our business and
to developing compliant solutions that are also congruent with our business, culture and mission to serve our
students and industry partners. However, these solutions, related to implementation and compliance with these
final rules, including but not limited to gainful employment, compensation, the definition of a credit hour, state
authorization and the broadened definition of misrepresentation, may have a material impact on the manner in
which we conduct our business, our student populations, and the nature of our programs, cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition. Furthermore,
the solutions may require further analysis based on the
uncertainty noted above and any additional interpretive guidance that is provided.

For a description of additional information regarding these regulatory changes, see “Business — Regulatory
Environment — Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs — Program Integrity” included
elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

36

Our business could be harmed if we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans under
the Federal Direct Loan Program.

Because all Title IV Program student loans other than the Perkins loans are now processed under the DL
program, any processing disruptions by ED may impact our students’ ability to obtain student loans on a timely
basis. If we experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans through the DL program, either
because of administrative challenges on our part or the inability of ED to process the increased volume of Direct
Loans on a timely basis, our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely and
materially affected.

Limited opportunities for private alternative student loans for our students could increase the need for
institutional funding, which could have a material impact on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.

The current state of the national economy and generalized lending crisis has led to a contracted lending
environment, resulting in limited lender choices for students who need a private alternative loan to meet gaps
between Title IV Program funding and cost of education. Furthermore, lender underwriting criteria has been
much more stringent, resulting in fewer prospective borrowers being approved for their loans. As lenders seek to
reduce their risk on portfolios of new alternative loans, we have seen many lenders move to shift their target
markets exclusively to four-year baccalaureate degree schools. We currently have a list of three private
unaffiliated alternative loan providers to assist new borrowers in selecting a lender, with two of these lenders
providing the vast majority of our private alternative student loans. If these lenders decided to decline to lend to
students attending our schools, and we were not able to find alternative lenders, the demand for our proprietary
loan program could increase, requiring us to devote greater than planned resources which could have a material
impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or
initiate litigation against us.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of
regulatory agencies and third parties alleging
noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies,
noncompliance with applicable standards. While we are committed to strict compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and accrediting standards,
if the results of government, regulatory or third party reviews or
proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may
be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of regulatory approvals or Title IV
Program funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review
or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources
from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or
claims. Additionally, given the significant public scrutiny being placed on the sector, numerous state attorneys
general have initiated investigations either of the operation of the for-profit schools in their state or of particular
institutions operating in that state. Although none of these investigations has been directed at us to date, it is
possible that additional states will initiate investigations or one of the states with such investigations will focus
directly on one or more of our schools.

Our business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result of regulatory investigations of, or
actions commenced against, other companies in our industry.

In recent years, the operations of a number of companies in the education and training services industry
have been subject to intense regulatory scrutiny. Such scrutiny has increased more over the last few months and
we anticipate that trend to continue. In some cases, allegations of wrongdoing on the part of such companies have
resulted in formal or informal investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice, the SEC, state governmental
agencies and ED. These allegations have attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of
legislative hearings and regulatory actions at both the federal and state levels, focusing not only on the individual
schools but in some cases on the for-profit postsecondary education sector as a whole. These investigations of
specific companies in the education and training services industry could have a negative impact on our industry

37

as a whole and on our stock price. Furthermore, the outcome of such investigations and any accompanying
adverse publicity could negatively affect student enrollment, which could have a material impact on our cash
flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Budget constraints in some states may affect our ability to obtain necessary authorizations or approvals
from those states to conduct or change our operations.

Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which we operate, it is possible that some states may
reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies that authorize our
schools. A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes in our operations that require
state approval, such as the opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs or the revision of existing
programs, a change of control or the hiring or placement of new education representatives, could prevent us from
making such changes or could delay our ability to make such changes, which could have a material impact on our
cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

The new regulations may lengthen the time to obtain necessary state approvals and may increase the nature
and type of state regulation such that it would require us to modify our operations in order to comply with the
new requirements. This could impose substantial additional costs on our institutions, which could have a material
impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

Budget constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our students could reduce the amount of such
financial aid that is available to our students, which could reduce our student population and negatively
affect our 90/10 Rule calculation.

A significant number of states are facing budget constraints that are causing them to reduce state
appropriations in a number of areas. Many of those states provide financial aid to our students. These and other
states may decide to reduce or redirect the amount of state financial aid that they provide to students, but we
cannot predict how significant any of these reductions will be or how long they will last. If the level of state
funding available to our students decreases and our students are not able to secure alternative sources of funding,
our student population could be reduced, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition. Additionally, loss of state funding would negatively impact our 90/10 Rule
calculation, as this funding is counted in the non-Title IV Program funds portion of the ratio, and, such loss
would drive up the percentage of revenue attributable to Title IV Programs.

Furthermore, the reduction or elimination of these non-Title IV sources of student funding may adversely
affect our 90/10 Rule calculation and the cost of our compliance with the 90/10 Rule by increasing the proportion
of the affected students’ funding needs satisfied by Title IV Programs.

If regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that participates in Title IV Program funding or the
opening of an additional location, the acquired school and/or the additional location would not be permitted
to participate in Title IV Programs, which could impair our ability to operate the acquired school and/or the
additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the acquisition of that school and/
or opening of the additional location.

If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV Program funding and/or open an additional location, we
must obtain approval from ED and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions in order for the
school and/or additional location to be able to operate and participate in Title IV Programs. While we would attempt
to ensure we will be able to receive such approval prior to acquiring a school and/or opening an additional location,
approval may be withheld. An acquisition can result in the temporary suspension of the acquired school’s
participation in Title IV Programs and opening an additional location can result in a delay of the campus’
participation in Title IV Programs unless we submit a timely and materially complete application for approval of the
acquisition or the opening of the new location. Upon an acquisition, ED will only grant a temporary certification
while it reviews the application. If we were unable to timely re-establish or establish the state authorization,
accreditation or ED certification of the acquired school or obtain approval for the new location, our ability to
operate the acquired school and/or open the additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from
the acquisition of that school and/or the opening of the additional location could be impaired.

38

If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our
company or any of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV Programs may be impaired.

If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under the standards of applicable state education
agencies, our accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must seek the approval of the relevant
regulatory agencies. These agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a change of ownership or
control. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions
of our common stock or significant changes in the composition of our board of directors. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any
change of control from ED, our accrediting commission or any state in which our schools are located would
impair our ability to participate in Title IV Programs, which would have a material impact on our cash flows,
results of operations and financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, approval of any
change of control from any state in which we do not have a school but in which we recruit students could require
us to suspend our recruitment of students in that state until we receive the required approval. The potential
adverse effects of a change of control with respect to participation in Title IV Programs could influence future
decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may experience a deterioration of our profitability and
operating margins.

We have underutilized seating capacity at several of our campuses. Our ongoing efforts to fill existing
seating capacity may strain our management, operations, employees or other resources. We may not be able to
maintain our current seating capacity utilization rates, effectively manage our operation or achieve planned
capacity utilization on a timely or profitable basis. If we are unable to fill our underutilized seating capacity, we
may experience operating inefficiencies that likely will increase our costs more than we had planned resulting in
a deterioration of our profitability and operating margins.

Our proprietary loan program could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Our proprietary loan program enables students who have exhausted all available government-sponsored or
other financial aid and are unable to obtain private loans from other financial institutions to borrow a portion of
their tuition if they meet certain criteria.

Under the terms of the proprietary loan program agreements with a national chartered bank, the bank
originates loans for our students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds to be used
exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis
and assume all the related credit and collection risk. At September 30, 2011, we had committed to provide loans
to our students for approximately $34.2 million and of that amount, there was $25.5 million in loans outstanding.
Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, we placed $2.0 million, an amount that exceeds the FDIC
insurance limits, on deposit with the national chartered bank.

Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans include: current economic conditions; compliance
with laws applicable to the origination; servicing and collection of loans; the quality of our loan servicers’
performance; a decline in graduate employment opportunities and the priority that the borrowers under this loan
program, particularly students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their programs of study, attach to
repaying these loans as compared to other obligations. To the extent collections become less than the amount of
revenue recorded, we may still experience an increase in our allowance for doubtful accounts, our bad debt
expense may increase, and a reduction in our profitability.

Federal, state and local laws and public policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of
consumers apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans under our proprietary loan program. Any
violation of the various federal, state and local laws, including, in some instances, violations of these laws by
parties not under our control, may result in losses on the loans or may limit our ability to collect all or part of the
principal or interest on the loans. This may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for the violations
by such parties. Federal or state financial regulators also might delay or suspend this student loan program for a

39

variety of reasons. Additionally, depending on the terms of the loans, state consumer credit regulators may assert
that our activities in connection with the student loan program require us to obtain one or more licenses,
registrations or other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be able to be obtained in a timely
manner, if at all. All of these factors could result in the proprietary loan program having a material adverse effect
on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third parties to originate, process and service loans under our proprietary loan program. If these
companies fail or discontinue providing such services, our business could be harmed.

A small federally chartered national bank with a small market capitalization originates loans under our
proprietary loan program. If the bank no longer provides service under the contract, we do not have an alternative
bank to fulfill the demand. There are a limited number of national banks that are willing to participate in a
program such as our proprietary loan program. The time it could take us to replace the bank could result in an
in a decrease in our student populations.
interruption in the loan origination process which could result
Furthermore, because our $2.0 million deposit at such bank is in excess of the FDIC insurance limits, if such
bank were to go out of business or fail, we may lose all or almost all of our deposit. Also, a single company
processes loan applications and services the loans under our proprietary loan program. There is a 90-day
termination clause in the contract under which they provide these services. If this company were to terminate the
contract, we could experience an interruption in loan application processing or loan servicing, which could result
in a decrease in our student populations.

Increasing fuel prices and living expenses could affect our ability to attract and retain students.

Our ability to attract and retain students is sensitive to changes in economic conditions and other factors
such as higher fuel prices and living expenses. Affordability concerns associated with increased gas, housing
prices and the availability of part-time jobs for students attending classes have made it more challenging and
expensive for us to attract and retain students. If we are unable to attract and retain students due to economic
factors, our student population may decrease, which could have a material impact on our cash flows, results of
operations and financial condition.

Failure on our part to maintain and expand existing industry relationships and develop new industry
relationships with our industry customers could impair our ability to attract and retain students.

We have extensive industry relationships that we believe afford us significant competitive strength and
support our market leadership. These relationships enable us to support undergraduate enrollment by attracting
students through brand name recognition and the associated prospect of high-quality employment opportunities.
Additionally, these relationships allow us to diversify funding sources, expand the scope and increase the number
of programs we offer and reduce our costs and capital expenditures due to the fact that, pursuant to the terms of
the underlying contracts with OEMs, we provide a variety of specialized training programs and typically do so
using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by the OEMs. These relationships also provide additional
incremental revenue opportunities from training the employees of our industry customers. Our success depends
in part on our ability to maintain and expand our existing industry relationships and to enter into new industry
relationships. Certain of our existing industry relationships, including those with American Honda Motor Co.
Inc., American Suzuki Motor Corp., Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp., Volvo Penta of the
Americas, Inc. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA, are not memorialized in writing and are based on verbal
understandings. As a result, the rights of the parties under these arrangements are less clearly defined than they
would be were they in writing. Additionally, certain of our existing industry relationship agreements expire
within the next six months. We are currently negotiating to renew these agreements and intend to renew them to
the extent we can do so on satisfactory terms. The reduction or elimination of, or failure to renew any of our
existing industry relationships, or our failure to enter into new industry relationships, could impair our ability to
attract and retain students require additional capital expenditures or increase expenses. This could have a material
impact on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

40

Competition could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing concerns.

The postsecondary education market is highly competitive. Some traditional public and private colleges and
universities and community colleges, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be
perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our
schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools. Some
other for-profit education providers have greater financial and other resources which may, among other things,
allow them to secure industry relationships with some or all of the OEMs with which we have relationships or
develop other high profile industry relationships or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their
school network, all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs. Additionally, some other
for-profit education providers already have a more extended or dense network of schools and campuses than we
do, thus enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a wider geographic area.

We may limit tuition increases or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract
students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, revenues and operating margin may
decrease. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or
that competitive pressures faced by us will not adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and financial
condition.

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and
develop new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective employers of our graduates demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate
technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine industries. Accordingly, educational programs, at our
schools must keep pace with those technological advancements. Additionally, the method used to deliver
curriculum has been evolving to include on-line delivery. The expansion of our existing programs and the
development of new programs, including our transformed Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II
curricula, and changes in the method in which we deliver them, may not be accepted by our students, prospective
employers or the technical education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may
not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as the industries we serve require or as quickly as our
competitors. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to unusually rapid
technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our
graduate employment rates could suffer.

We transformed our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula to a blend of daily
instructor-led theory and hands-on lab training complimented by interactive web-based learning, which is
reflective of current industry training methods and standards. The blended learning model combines several
methodologies for communicating training information and incorporates on-site classes, real-time web-based
learning sessions and independent learning and is the standard used by our industry partners to provide
continuous technical education. If we are unable to address and respond to requirements such as training
instructors to teach the transformed curricula, develop an IT infrastructure that would effectively support this
program, or obtain the appropriate equipment to teach this program to our students, we may not be able to
successfully roll out the transformed curricula to our existing campuses in a timely, and cost-effective manner. If
we are not able to effectively and efficiently integrate the transformed curricula or experience delays in
development, this could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial
condition.

Macroeconomic conditions, particularly unemployment, could adversely affect our business.

The U.S. economy and the economies of other key industrialized countries have been in the midst of an
economic downturn in recent years. Additionally, homeowners in the U.S. have experienced an unprecedented
reduction in wealth due to the continued decline in residential real estate values across much of the country.
While these conditions may have contributed to a portion of the recent growth in our average full-time
undergraduate student population as individuals sought to advance their education and improve their employment

41

opportunities, the length and depth of these circumstances and unemployment within our potential student
demographic may be contributing to declines in new student starts. Furthermore, these circumstances may
continue to reduce the willingness of employers to sponsor educational opportunities for their employees, and
affect the ability of our students to find employment in the auto, diesel, motorcycle or marine industries, any of
which could materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial
condition.

Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans, such as the elimination of
Pell, could adversely impact the ability of borrowers with little or poor credit history, such as many of our
students, to borrow the necessary funds at an acceptable interest rate. These events could adversely affect the
ability or willingness of our former students to repay student loans, which could increase our student loan cohort
default rate and require increased time, attention and resources to manage these defaults.

We rely heavily on the reliability, security and performance of an internally developed student management
and reporting system, and any difficulties in maintaining this system may result in service interruptions,
decreased customer service, or increased expenditures.

The software that underlies our student management and reporting has been developed primarily by our own
employees. The reliability and continuous availability of this internal system is critical to our business. Any
interruptions that hinder our ability to timely deliver our services, or that materially impact the efficiency or cost
with which we provide these services, or our ability to attract and retain computer programmers with knowledge
of the appropriate computer programming language, would adversely affect our reputation and profitability and
our ability to conduct business and prepare financial reports. Additionally, many of the software systems we
currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced with equivalent commercial products, either of
which could entail considerable effort and expense.

Our computer systems as well as those of our service providers are vulnerable to interruption, malfunction
or damage due to events beyond our control, including malicious human acts, natural disasters, and network and
communications failures. Moreover, despite network security measures, some of our servers are potentially
vulnerable to physical or electronic unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, malicious code,
organized cyber attacks and other security problems and system disruptions. Despite the precautions we have
taken, unanticipated problems may nevertheless cause failures in our information technology systems. Sustained
or repeated system failures that interrupt our ability to process information in a timely manner could have a
material adverse effect on our operations.

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and
grow our business.

Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation
of our executive officers who generally have significant experience with our company and within the technical
education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified
faculty, campus presidents, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business we face
significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek.
Additionally, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Because we do not currently
carry “key man” life insurance, the loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and
retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could impair our ability to successfully
manage our business.

If we are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.

In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire and train new education representatives, as well as
retain and continue to develop our existing education representatives, who are our employees dedicated to
student recruitment. Our ability to develop a strong education representative team may be affected by a number
of factors, including: our ability to integrate and motivate our education representatives; our ability to effectively

42

the length of time it

takes new education representatives to become
train our education representatives;
productive; the competition we face from other companies in hiring and retaining education representatives and
our ability to effectively manage a multi-location educational organization. Effective July 1, 2011, we made
modifications to our employee compensation structure in order to comply with the elimination of the safe harbors
in the regulations in place prior to this date. These modifications affected the compensation structure for our
education representatives. Other companies in our industry have reported material adverse impacts to their
business when changes to compensation have been implemented, but we cannot fully predict whether we will
experience similar impact given our dissimilar solutions, culture and timing, nor can we predict how significant
any such impact will be. If we are unable to hire, develop or retain quality education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be adversely affected. This could have a material impact on
our cash flows, results of operation and financial condition.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance
of our programs among high school graduates and adults seeking advanced training.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and working adults seeking advanced training
is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability to continue to develop
awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments and impair our ability to increase revenues or maintain
profitability. The following are some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our
programs:

• student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;

• diminished access to high school student populations;

• our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising

practices;

• our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine

manufacturers and suppliers; and

• availability of funding sources acceptable to our students.

Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations could adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock.

In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on quarter-to-quarter comparisons. Our results
in any quarter may not indicate the results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full year. Our
revenues normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total
student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our third fiscal quarter than in the
remainder of our fiscal year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer months. Our expenses,
however, do not generally vary at the same rate as changes in our student population and revenues and, as a
result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in
results of operations to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however,
as a result of acquisitions, new school openings, new program introductions and increased enrollments of adult
students. Additionally, our revenues for our first fiscal quarter are adversely affected by the fact that we do not
recognize revenue during the calendar year-end holiday break which falls primarily in that quarter. These
fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately
report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential stockholders could lose
confidence in our financial reporting which would harm our business and the trading price of our stock.

Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by or under the supervision of our principal
executive and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting

43

principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Our internal control structure is also designed to
provide reasonable assurance that fraud would be detected or prevented before our financial statements could be
materially affected.

Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all
misstatements. Additionally, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risks that our controls may become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance
with our policies and procedures may deteriorate.

If our internal control over financial reporting was not effective, our historical financial statements could

require restatement which could negatively impact our reputation and lead to a decline in our stock price.

Failure on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate additional schools or campuses could
reduce our ability to implement our growth strategy.

As part of our business strategy we anticipate opening and operating new schools or campuses. Establishing
new schools or campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make investments in management and
capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses and devote other resources that are different, and in some cases
greater, than those required with respect to the operation of acquired schools. Accordingly, when we open new
schools, initial investments could reduce our profitability. To open a new school or campus, we would be
required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed
in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. Additionally, to be eligible for Title IV Program
funding, a new school or campus would have to be certified by ED. We cannot be sure that we will be able to
identify suitable expansion opportunities to maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will be able
to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new schools or campuses. Our failure to effectively identify,
establish and manage the operations of newly established schools or campuses could slow our growth and make
any newly established schools or campuses more costly to operate than we have historically experienced.

We may be unable to successfully complete or integrate future acquisitions.

We may consider selective acquisitions in the future. We may not be able to complete any acquisitions on
favorable terms or, even if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired businesses into our
business. Integration challenges include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital expenditures,
assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new
personnel. The successful integration of future acquisitions may also require substantial attention from our senior
management and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could decrease the time that they devote
to the day-to-day management of our business. If we do not successfully address risks and challenges associated
with acquisitions, including integration, future acquisitions could harm, rather than enhance, our operating
performance. Additionally, if we consummate an acquisition, our capitalization and results of operations may
change significantly. A future acquisition could result in the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, an
increase in interest expense, amortization expenses, goodwill and other intangible assets, charges relating to
integration costs or an increase in the number of shares outstanding. In addition, our acquisition of a school is a
change of ownership of that school, which may result in the temporary suspension of that school’s participation
in federal student financial aid programs until it obtains ED’s approval. These results could have a negative effect
on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition or result in dilution to current stockholders.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become impaired and subject to a
write-down.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair values of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which might
result from the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions,
adverse changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified.

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998. We
allocated such goodwill, which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units that provide the related

44

educational programs. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year using
a discounted cash flow model that incorporates estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included in the cash flow model include future tuition
revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate that approximates
our weighted average cost of capital. While actual experience will differ from the amounts included in our cash
flow model, we do not believe that a related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the foreseeable
future.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Campuses and Other Properties

The following sets forth certain information relating to our campuses and other properties:

Location

Brand

Square Footage Leased or Owned

Approximate

Campuses: Arizona (Avondale)

UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arizona (Phoenix)
MMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California (Rancho Cucamonga) UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California (Sacramento)
UTI/MMI
Florida (Orlando)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Massachusetts (Norwood)
UTI/NTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
North Carolina (Mooresville)
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pennsylvania (Exton)
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)
UTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Texas (Houston)

268,700
123,400
187,300
239,100
217,700
168,800
245,000
146,000
188,800
95,000
217,400

Home

Office:

Arizona (Scottsdale)

Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . . .

84,300

Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Leased
Owned
Leased

Leased

Program

Location

Square Footage Leased or Owned

Approximate

Advanced Training
Centers:

BMW STEP

BMW STEP

International Tech
Education Program

International Tech
Education Program

International Tech
Education Program

Arizona (Avondale)

. . . . . . . .

Florida (Orlando) . . . . . . . . . .

California (Sacramento) . . . . .

8,700

13,500

6,000

Leased

Leased

Leased

Illinois (Glendale Heights) . . .

10,300

Leased

Pennsylvania (Exton) . . . . . . .

6,000

Leased

Volvo SAFE

Arizona (Avondale)

. . . . . . . .

8,300

Leased

In March 2011, we relocated our corporate office headquarters into a space with approximately 84,300

square feet.

All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining terms that range from less than one year to

approximately 13 years. Many of the leases are renewable for additional terms at our option.

45

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitrations,
investigations, regulatory proceedings or other claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving current and
former students, routine employment matters, business disputes and regulatory demands. When we are aware of a
claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we would accrue a liability for the loss. When a loss is
not both probable and estimable, we do not accrue a liability. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably
possible, including if a loss in excess of an accrued liability is reasonably possible, we determine whether it is
possible to provide an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim. Although we
cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations, regulatory proceedings or claims
asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party,
individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, results of
operations or financial condition.

ITEM 4.

[REMOVED AND RESERVED]

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.

The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table. All executive officers serve at the direction of the

Board of Directors. Mr. White and Ms. McWaters also serve as directors of UTI.

Name

John C. White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kimberly J. McWaters . . . . . . . . . . .

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kenneth J. Cranston . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Richard P. Crain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chad A. Freed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bryce H. Peterson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Thomas E. Riggs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rhonda R. Turner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Age

63

47

51

48

54

38

33

41

38

Position

Chairman of the Board

Chief Executive Officer and Director

President and Chief Financial Officer

Senior Vice President, Admissions

Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy

General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business
Development

Vice President of Information Technology

Senior Vice President, Operations

Senior Vice President, People Services

John C. White has served as a director on our board since 1997 and as Chairman of the Board since October
2005. Mr. White served as our Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Vice Chairman from October 2003 to
September 2005. From April 2002 to September 2003, Mr. White served as our Chief Strategic Planning Officer
and Co-Chairman of the Board. From 1997 to March 2002, Mr. White served as our Chief Strategic Planning
Officer and Chairman of the Board. Mr. White served as the President of Clinton Harley Corporation (which
operated under the name Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute) from 1977 until it was
acquired by UTI in 1998. Prior to 1977, Mr. White was a marketing representative with International Business
Machines Corporation. Mr. White was appointed by the Arizona Senate to serve as a member of the Joint
Legislative Committee on Private Regionally Accredited Degree Granting Colleges and Universities and Private
Nationally Accredited Degree Granting and Vocational Institutions in 1990. He was appointed by the Governor
of Arizona to the Arizona State Board for Private Post-secondary Education, where he was a member and
Complaint Committee Chairman from 1993-2001. Mr. White received a BS in Engineering from the University
of Illinois.

Kimberly J. McWaters has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2003 and as a director on
our Board since February 2005. Ms. McWaters served as UTI’s President from 2000 to March 2011 and
previously served on our Board from 2002 to 2003. From 1984 to 2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions
with UTI, including Vice President of Marketing and Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also
serves as a director of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. (formerly United Auto Group, Inc.). Ms. McWaters
received a BS in Business Administration from the University of Phoenix.

46

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. has served as our President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2011.
Mr. Putnam served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2008 and he served
as our interim Chief Financial Officer since January 2008. From June 2005 to May 2007, Mr. Putnam served as
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aegis Mortgage Corporation which declared bankruptcy
in August 2007. From July 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Putnam served as President of Coastal Securities L.P.
and from March 2001 to March 2003, Mr. Putnam served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Putnam also spent 14 years as Director of Investor Relations and in
various corporate finance positions with SunTrust Banks, Inc. Mr. Putnam also serves as a director of
Community Bankers Trust Corporation. Mr. Putnam received his MBA from the University of North Carolina
and holds a BS in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Kenneth J. Cranston has served as our Senior Vice President, Admissions since July 2010. From December
2009 to June 2010, he served as Regional Vice President of Operations. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Cranston was
President and CEO of Terion, Inc., a leading provider of wireless tracking technology for the transportation
industry, which declared bankruptcy in January 2001. Before joining Terion, Inc., he spent much of his career in
sales and marketing for industry leaders such as NBC, Western Union and Telespectrum Worldwide, where he
served as National Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Mr. Cranston received his BA in Economics from Iona
College.

Richard P. Crain has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy since June 2010. From
January 2007 to May 2010, Mr. Crain served as Senior Vice President of Marketing. Prior to joining UTI,
Mr. Crain served as a marketing consultant for his own consulting firm. From 1988 to 2003, Mr. Crain served in
senior marketing leadership positions at Verizon Communications and GTE Service Corporation. Mr. Crain
received his BS in Business Administration with a concentration in Marketing from The University of Texas.

Chad A. Freed has served as our General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business Development since
March 2009 and is also our Corporate Secretary. Mr. Freed served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel
from February 2005 to March 2009 and as inside legal counsel since March 2004. Prior to joining UTI,
Mr. Freed was a Senior Associate in the Corporate Finance and Securities department at Bryan Cave LLP.
Mr. Freed received his Juris Doctor from Tulane University and holds a BS in International Business and French
from Pennsylvania State University.

Bryce H. Peterson has served as our Vice President of Information Technology since March 2011.
Mr. Peterson served as Vice President of Internal Audit Services from March 2010 to March 2011 and as
Information Technology Audit Manager from October 2008 to February 2010. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Peterson
served in a variety of positions at KPMG, LLP, Brigham Young University, and Fenton Enterprises. Mr. Peterson
received his MS in Information Systems Management and holds a BS in Business Management from Brigham
Young University.

Thomas E. Riggs has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations since March 2011. Mr. Riggs served
as our Senior Vice President, Campus Operations from July 2009 to February 2011, as our Senior Vice President
of People Services (Human Resources) from July 2009 to February 2011 and as our Vice President of People
Services from July 2005 to June 2006. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Riggs served in a variety of senior human
resource leadership positions with Sears & Roebuck Co., Honeywell and BFGoodrich Aerospace. Mr. Riggs was
also the head of human resources for Simula, Inc. a publicly traded aerospace manufacturing firm. Mr. Riggs
received his Masters of Human Resource Management from Keller Graduate School and holds a BA in
Employment Relations from Michigan State University.

Rhonda R. Turner has served as our Senior Vice President of People Services (Human Resources) since
June 2010. Ms. Turner served as Vice President of People Services from August 2009 to May 2010, as Vice
President of People Services Partnerships & Training from January 2008 to July 2009 and as Director, People
Services Partnerships, from January 2006 to December 2007. Prior to joining UTI, Ms. Turner served in human
resources leadership positions at ConocoPhillips, Circle K and Main Street Restaurant Group, Inc., a TGI
Friday’s franchisee. Ms. Turner received her BS in Human Resources Management from Arizona State
University.

47

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “UTI”.

The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share for our common stock, as

reported by the NYSE, for the periods indicated.

Price Range of
Common Stock

High

Low

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Quarter
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$22.50
$22.50
$20.42
$21.37

$16.55
$17.16
$16.76
$13.01

Price Range of
Common Stock

High

Low

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Quarter
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$21.12
$26.77
$26.05
$23.73

$17.21
$17.53
$20.85
$14.55

The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on November 16, 2011, was $14.23 per

share. As of November 16, 2011 there were 37 holders of record of our common stock.

On July 16, 2010 we paid a special cash dividend of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million to common

stockholders of record as of July 6, 2010.

We continuously evaluate our cash position in light of growth opportunities, operating results and general
market conditions. Periodically, we may return shareholder earnings through cash dividends or stock
repurchases, or a combination thereof.

Sales of Unregistered Securities; Repurchase of Securities

The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities for the three months ended September 30, 2011:

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period

(a) Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)

(b) Average
Price Paid
per Share

(c) Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans

July . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
1,605
54,517

$ —
$16.41
$14.52

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56,122

—
—
—

—

(d) Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans Or Programs
(in thousands)(2)

$23,660
$23,660
$23,660

$23,660

(1) Represents shares of common stock delivered to us as payment of taxes on the vesting of shares of our common

stock which were granted subject to forfeiture restrictions under our 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan.

(2) Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of up to $70.0 million of our common stock in

the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

48

Stock Performance Graph

The following Stock Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material”
or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor should such information be incorporated by
reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference in such filing.

This graph compares total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock during the period from
September 30, 2006 through September 30, 2011 with the cumulative return on the NYSE Stock Market Index
(U.S. Companies) and a Peer Issuer Group Index. The peer issuer group consists of the companies identified
below, which were selected on the basis of the similar nature of their business. The graph assumes that $100 was
invested on September 30, 2006, and any dividends were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.

$180

$170

$160

$150

$140

$130

$120

$110

$100

$90

$80

$70

$60

$50

$40

$30

$20

100.00

94.32

82.47
81.58

09/30/2006

09/30/2007

09/30/2008

09/30/2009

09/30/2010

09/30/2011

Legend

Symbol

CRSP Total Returns Index for:

09/2006 09/2007 09/2008 09/2009 09/2010 09/2011

Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

NYSE Stock Market (US Companies)

Self-Determined Peer Group

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.6

116.0

139.7

95.4

91.8

131.2

110.1

84.9

163.3

117.3

95.0

118.2

81.6

94.3

82.5

Companies in the Self-Determined Peer Group

Apollo Group, Inc.
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
I T T Educational Services, Inc.
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Career Education Corporation
DeVry, Inc. Del
Strayer Education, Inc.

Notes:
A. The lines represent quarterly index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends.
B. The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day.
C.
D. The index level for all series was set to $100 on 09/30/2006.

If the quarterly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used.

Prepared by Zacks Investment Research, Inc. Used with permission. All rights reserved.

49

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the
periods indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth below together with “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statement of operations
data and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of and for each of the five years ended September 30,
2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

($’s in thousands, except per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:(1)
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating expenses:
Educational services and facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$451,900

$435,921

$366,635

$343,460

$353,370

223,469
183,326

212,577
176,794

193,490
154,504

186,640
146,123

186,245
143,375

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

406,795

389,371

347,994

332,763

329,620

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income, net(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income, net(3)

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45,105
252
291

45,648
18,410

46,550
250
479

47,279
18,451

18,641
198
466

19,305
7,572

10,697
3,146
178

14,021
5,805

23,750
2,620
—

26,370
10,806

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 27,238

$ 28,828

$ 11,733

$

8,216

$ 15,564

Net income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

1.12
1.10

$
$

1.20
1.18

$
$

0.48
0.48

$
$

0.32
0.32

$
$

0.58
0.57

Weighted average shares (in thousands):

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special cash dividends declared per common share . .
Other Data:(1)
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number of campuses(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Average undergraduate enrollments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance Sheet Data:(1)
Cash and cash equivalents(4),(5),(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current assets(4),(5),(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital (deficit)(4),(5),(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets(4),(5),(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total shareholders’ equity(4),(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,427
24,740

$

— $

24,041
24,511
1.50

24,246
24,627

25,574
25,807

$

— $

— $

26,775
27,424
—

$ 24,842
11
18,500

$ 19,888
11
18,600

$ 17,568
10
15,900

$ 17,605
10
14,900

$ 18,751
10
15,900

$ 53,670
$133,473
$ 28,777
$265,587
$142,115

$ 48,974
$ 56,199
$114,165
$115,431
$ (6,883) $ 12,619
$223,351
$242,499
$106,698
$108,392

$ 80,878
$117,619
$ 31,015
$209,375
$108,187

$ 75,594
$103,134
$
7,252
$232,822
$124,505

(1) In 2010, we opened a campus in Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas, which contributed to the fluctuation in our results

of operations and financial position during 2011 and 2010.

(2) In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our interest income decreased as a result of investment in low risk, low yield
municipal bonds and mutual funds. In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per
share totaling $36.3 million, and in 2009, we used $16.9 million of cash to repurchase our common shares,
contributing to lower interest income.

50

(3) In 2011, 2010 and 2009, our other income was primarily due to sublease rental income.
(4) In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million. In 2009
and 2008, we used cash and cash equivalents to repurchase approximately $16.9 million and $29.5 million,
respectively, of our common shares, which decreased cash and cash equivalents, current assets and working
capital (deficit).

(5) In 2009, we purchased a building in the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas area for $9.1 million. In July 2007, we sold
our facilities and assigned our rights and obligations under our ground lease at our Sacramento, California
campus for $40.8 million and received net proceeds of $40.1 million. In October 2007, we sold our facilities
and land at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus for $33.0 million and received net proceeds of $32.6
million.

(6) In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with the Selected Financial Data and the consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K. This discussion
contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and
projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently
anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those
we discuss under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K.

General Overview

We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for students seeking careers as professional
automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured by total average
undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma or certificate programs at 11
campuses across the United States. We also offer advanced training programs including both student paid
electives at our campuses and manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at dedicated training centers. We have
provided technical education for 46 years.

Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we provide and are
presented after reductions related to discounts and scholarships we sponsor, refunds for students who withdraw
from our programs prior to specified dates and the portion of tuition students have funded through our
proprietary loan program. We generally recognize tuition revenue and fees ratably over the terms of the various
programs we offer. We supplement our tuition revenues with additional revenues from sales of textbooks and
program supplies, student housing and other revenues, all of which are recognized as sales occur or services are
performed. In aggregate, these additional revenues represented less than 3% of our total revenues in each year for
the three-year period ended September 30, 2011. Tuition revenue and fees generally vary based on the average
number of students enrolled and average tuition charged per program.

Average undergraduate full-time student enrollments vary depending on, among other factors, the number of
continuing students at the beginning of a period, new student enrollments during the period, students who have
previously withdrawn but decide to re-enroll during the period, graduations and withdrawals during the period.
Our average undergraduate full-time student enrollments are influenced by: the attractiveness of our program
offerings to high school graduates and potential adult students; the effectiveness of our marketing efforts; the
depth of our industry relationships; the strength of employment markets and long term career prospects; the
quality of our instructors and student services professionals; the persistence of our students; the length of our
education programs; the availability of federal and alternative funding for our programs; the number of graduates
of our programs who elect to attend the advanced training programs we offer and general economic conditions.
Our introduction of additional program offerings at existing campuses and opening additional campuses is
expected to influence our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment. We currently offer start dates at
our campuses that range from every three to six weeks throughout the year in our various undergraduate
programs. The number of start dates of advanced training programs varies by the duration of those programs and
the needs of the manufacturers who sponsor them.

51

Our tuition charges vary by type and length of our programs and the program level, such as undergraduate
or advanced training. Tuition rates have increased by approximately 4% to 7% for the year ended September 30,
2011 and 3% to 5% for each of the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. We continually evaluate our
tuition pricing based on individual campus markets, the competitive environment and ED regulations.

Most students at our campuses rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial
aid programs, predominantly Title IV Programs,
to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other
education-related expenses. In 2011, approximately 75% of our revenues, on a cash basis as defined by ED, were
derived from federal student financial aid programs.

We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of time, to the majority of our students. Our credit
risk is mitigated through the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students
withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV funds for those students. The financial aid and assistance programs
are subject to political and budgetary considerations. There is no assurance that such funding will be maintained
at current levels. Extensive and complex regulations govern the financial assistance programs in which our
students participate. Our administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory
agencies. Any regulatory violation could be the basis for the initiation of potential adverse actions including a
suspension, limitation, placement on reimbursement status, or termination proceeding which could have a
material adverse effect on our business.

If any of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs,
the students at that institution, and other locations of that institution, would lose access to funds derived from
those programs and would have to seek alternative sources of funds to pay their tuition and fees. The receipt of
financial aid funds reduces the students’ amounts due to us and has no impact on revenue recognition, as the
transfer relates to the source of funding for the costs of education which may occur through Title IV or other
funds and resources available to the student. Additionally, we bear all credit and collection risk for the portion of
our student tuition that is funded through our proprietary loan program.

We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational services and facilities and (ii) selling, general and

administrative.

Major components of educational services and facilities expenses include faculty and other campus
administration employees compensation and benefits, facility rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of educational services, tools, training aids,
royalties under our licensing arrangements and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs and
providing educational services to our students.

Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are not
directly associated with the provision of educational services, such as: executive management; finance and
central accounting; legal; human resources; marketing and student enrollment expenses, including compensation
and benefits of personnel employed in sales and marketing and student admissions; costs of professional
services; bad debt expense; costs associated with the implementation and operation of our student management
and reporting system; rent for our corporate office headquarters; depreciation and amortization of property and
equipment that is not used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our
operations. All marketing and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred. Costs related to
the opening of new facilities, excluding related capital expenditures, are expensed in the period incurred or when
services are provided.

2011 Overview

Operations

Similar to many companies, we experienced macro-economic headwinds during 2011 with one of the
specific challenges related to the stabilization of the unemployment rate. While the unemployment rate in 2011
has remained high, the change in the rate has stabilized. Our ability to recruit new students is correlated to the
change in the unemployment rate. Traditionally, during periods when the unemployment rate accelerates our
ability to recruit new students improves as unemployed people seek to develop their skill set to improve their

52

employment opportunities. We experienced this during 2008 and 2009. Conversely, during periods when the
unemployment rate declines, our ability to recruit new students has traditionally become more challenging as
prospective students have more employment options. Since the unemployment rate in 2011 has stabilized, we
experienced challenges in our ability to recruit new students. We anticipate we will continue to face challenges
recruiting new students while the unemployment rate remains stable.

Changes in social patterns also presented a challenge during the year. The recession of 2007-2009 had a
profound effect on the saving habits of the American public. A general wariness of debt has replaced the previous
enthusiasm for debt as a financial tool. Because virtually all of our students receive financial assistance of some
kind, this aversion to taking on debt has shaped the attitudes of prospective students, their parents and other
decision influencers.

Balancing our response to unique pressures during 2011 with our commitment to invest in our future was
another challenge we encountered. For example, one of our objectives is to grow profitably, which, more than
any other factor, demands growing our student population. Enrollment was declining during the year, which
meant we needed to slow down our spending while still making investments to accommodate a rising enrollment
in the future. We were successful
in maintaining our selling, general and administrative expenses at
approximately 40% of total revenue.

Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2011 were $451.9 million, an increase of $16.0 million from
the prior year, primarily due to an increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment during the first
three quarters of the year. Tuition rates increased between 4% and 7%, depending on the program, which also
contributed to revenue growth for the year ended September 30, 2011. Our revenues excluded $7.0 million of
tuition revenue related to students participating in our proprietary loan program. Our net income for the year was
$27.2 million, a decrease of $1.6 million from the prior year. The decline in net income is primarily related to our
increased investment
increased advertising expenses and increased
compensation and related costs.

in educational services and facilities,

Our operating results were impacted by an overall increase in compensation and benefits for the year ended
September 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in staffing levels to meet the increase of our
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment that occurred during the first three quarters of the year.
During the three months ended June 30, 2011 we completed a reduction in our workforce of approximately 195
employees nationwide in June 2011, which resulted in severance of $4.3 million. This action was critical to align
the size of our workforce with our projected future student population. The increase in compensation and benefits
was also related to modifications made to our compensation plans in response to new regulations issued by ED
which became effective July 1, 2011.

We started 16,200 students during the year ended September 30, 2011, which represents a decrease of
17.1% as compared to an increase of 10.7% for the year ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in starts is
partially due to a decrease in student applications in the prior year and also the result of certain macro-economic
headwinds and regulatory challenges.

We expect the rate of decline experienced in 2011 in both applications and new student starts to slow in the
first half of the year before potentially improving in the second half of the year. However, given our current
enrollment levels, the macro-economic headwinds and the challenging regulatory environment we operate in, we
anticipate the average student population for 2012 to decline by a rate in the low teens. We expect these lower
levels of enrollments will result in a mid to high single digit decline in revenue in 2012. Given these trends, we
are focused on efficiencies and managing costs, but do not anticipate reaching the same level of operating
margins as was achieved in 2011. Furthermore, we plan on making our proprietary loan program more accessible
to our current and prospective students and increase the number of need based scholarships in 2012 creating
potential improvement in our show rates which would positively impact revenue. Due to the seasonality of our
business and normal fluctuations in student populations, we would expect volatility in our quarterly results.

53

Regulatory Environment

On October 29, 2010, ED issued new regulations pertaining to certain aspects of the administration of
Title IV Programs, regulations which, with minor exceptions, became effective July 1, 2011. Since the
publication of the new regulations, ED has issued guidance in the form of multiple Dear Colleague Letters to
institutions. Currently, we have identified the rules concerning (i) state authorization, (ii) gainful employment,
(iii) assignment of credit hours and clock hours, (iv) incentive compensation, (v) revisions to misrepresentation
regulations and (vi) ED approvals for new programs as the rules most likely to materially impact our business.

The program integrity rules require a large number of reporting and operational changes. However, we may
be unable to fully develop, test and implement all of the necessary modifications to our information management
systems and administrative processes by the required dates. We may be subject to administrative or other
sanctions if we are unable to comply with these reporting and disclosure requirements on a timely basis.
Additionally, these changes, individually or in the aggregate, may impact our student enrollment, persistence and
retention in ways that we cannot now predict and could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and
financial condition. See “Business — Risk Factors — Program Integrity” included elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.

Curriculum Transformation

We transformed our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula to a blend of daily
instructor-led theory and hands-on lab training complimented by interactive web-based learning, which is
reflective of current industry training methods and standards. In addition to improving the overall educational
experience for our students, the new curricula offer more convenience and training flexibility for our students
while meeting industry standards. We began offering the new curricula at the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas campus
in June 2010. To date we have invested approximately $19.2 million for this transformation and anticipate
investing within the range of $3.0 million to $5.0 million in tools, equipment and training aids during 2012 as
part of the integration of the new curricula at our Avondale, Arizona campus in Spring 2012 and a second
campus later in calendar year 2012.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of

the periods indicated.

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Operating expenses:

Educational services and facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49.5% 48.8% 52.8%

40.5% 40.6% 42.1%

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90.0% 89.4% 94.9%

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.0% 10.6%

5.1%

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.0%

0.1%

0.1%

0.1%

0.1%

0.1%

Total other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

0.1%

0.2%

0.2%

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.1% 10.8%

4.1%

4.2%

5.3%

2.1%

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.0%

6.6%

3.2%

54

We opened a new campus in Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas in June 2010. For the years ended September 30,
2011, and 2010, this campus had revenues of $10.9 million and $1.2 million, operating expenses of $14.4 million
and $8.3 million, and corporate allocations of $6.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

for

Our earnings before interest,

tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA)

the years ending
September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $71.1 million, $67.8 million and $37.5 million, respectively. EBITDA
is a non-GAAP financial measure which is provided to supplement, but not substitute for, the most directly
comparable GAAP measure. We choose to disclose to investors this non-GAAP financial measure because it
provides an additional analytical tool to clarify our results from operations and helps to identify underlying
trends. Additionally, such measure helps compare our performance on a consistent basis across time periods. To
obtain a complete understanding of our performance, this measure should be examined in connection with net
income determined in accordance with GAAP. Since the items excluded from this measure should be examined
in connection with net income determined in financial performance under GAAP, this measure should not be
considered to be an alternative to net income as a measure of our operating performance or profitability.
Exclusion of items in our non-GAAP presentation should not be construed as an inference that these items are
unusual, infrequent or non-recurring. Other companies, including other companies in the education industry, may
calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure across companies.
Investors are encouraged to use GAAP measures when evaluating our financial performance.

EBITDA reconciles to net income as follows:

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,238

$28,828

$11,733

Interest income, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(252)

(250)

(198)

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18,410

25,731

18,451

20,803

7,572

18,417

EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$71,127

$67,832

$37,524

Return on equity for the trailing four quarters ended September 30, 2011 was 21.4% compared to 25.6%
percent for the trailing four quarters ended September 30, 2010. Return on equity is calculated as the sum of our
net income for the last four quarters divided by the average of our total shareholders’ equity balances at the end
of each of the last five quarters.

Capacity utilization is the ratio of our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment to total seats
available. Total seats available represents our maximum capacity, however, due to certain dynamics, our
operating capacity tends to be lower. The following table sets forth our average capacity utilization during each
of the periods indicated and the total seats available at the end of each of the periods indicated:

Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total seats available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

18,500

29,500

18,600

27,200

15,900

24,800

Average capacity utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62.7%

68.4%

64.1%

During the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we started 16,200 students, 19,500 students,

and 17,600 students, respectively.

During 2012, we plan to continue to seek alternate uses for our underutilized space at existing campuses.
Alternate uses may include subleasing space to third parties, allocating additional space for use by our advanced
training programs, adding new industry relationships or consolidating administrative functions into campus
facilities.

55

Year Ended September 30, 2011 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2010

Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2011 were $451.9 million, representing an
increase of $16.0 million, or 3.7%, as compared to revenues of $435.9 million for the year ended September 30,
2010. The increase was due to tuition rate increases between 4% and 7%, depending on the program, offset by an
increase of $1.2 million in tuition scholarships. The increase in revenues is also attributable to an increase in
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment during the first three quarters of the year. Our revenues
excluded $7.0 million and $9.7 million of tuition related to students participating in our proprietary loan
program. In accordance with our accounting policy, we will recognize the related revenue as payments are
received from the students participating in this program. As a result of collections under our proprietary loan
program, our revenues included $0.8 million and $0.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2011 and
September 2010, respectively.

Educational services and facilities expenses. Our educational services and facilities expenses for the year
ended September 30, 2011 were $223.5 million, representing an increase of $10.9 million, or 5.1%, as compared
to $212.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2010.

Our educational services and facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2011 and September 30,
2010 for our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus were $7.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, including
corporate allocations of $1.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The following table sets forth the significant components of our educational services and facilities expenses:

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

(In thousands)

Salaries expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 97,750

$ 89,630

Employee benefits and tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bonus expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19,560

3,220

939

17,013

4,187

685

Compensation and related costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$121,469

$111,515

Occupancy costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other educational services and facilities expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tools and training aids expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplies and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,824

23,092

18,920

11,709

11,455

36,410

23,993

15,632

13,108

11,919

$223,469

$212,577

The increase in compensation and related costs for the year ended September 30, 2011 is primarily due to
the hiring of additional staff dedicated to student employment services, and for the addition of instructors in order
to support our higher average undergraduate full-time student enrollments that occurred during the first three
quarters of the year. However, during the year we determined that in order to align our cost structure with our
projected future student population, it was necessary to complete a reduction in workforce in June 2011 which
resulted in severance expense of $2.3 million. Additionally, we had an increase of self-insurance claims which
the increase in
contributed to the increase of $2.5 million in employee benefits expense. Furthermore,
compensation and related costs was impacted by modifications made to our compensation plans in response to
the new regulations that became effective July 1, 2011. For the year ended September 30, 2011, the changes to
our compensation plans decreased bonus expense by $1.0 million compared to September 30, 2010.

Compensation and related costs for our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus for the years ended September 30,
2011 and September 30, 2010 were $3.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, including corporate allocations of
$0.4 million and $0.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

56

Depreciation expense increased $3.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to the
addition of assets related to our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula project and the
opening of our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus in June 2010 and was $2.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively,
for the year ended September 30, 2011.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the
year ended September 30, 2011 were $183.3 million, an increase of $6.5 million, or 3.7%, as compared to $176.8
million for the year ended September 30, 2010.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2011 and September 30,
2010 for our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus was $6.6 million and $4.3 million, respectively, including
corporate allocations of $5.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

The following table sets forth the significant components of our selling, general and administrative

expenses:

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

(In thousands)

Salaries expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 70,132

$ 63,990

Employee benefits and tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bonus expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15,864

7,809

5,340

15,393

16,212

5,209

Compensation and related costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 99,145

$100,804

Advertising costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bad debt expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Occupancy costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contract services expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34,605

26,002

8,279

6,802

3,101

5,392

32,552

23,694

6,520

5,161

2,309

5,754

$183,326

$176,794

The increase in salaries expense for the year ended September 30, 2011 was primarily due to modifications
made to our compensation plans in response to the new regulations that became effective July 1, 2011, which
resulted in an additional $3.3 million in Admissions salary expense. The changes to our compensation plans also
contributed to the decrease in bonus expense for the year. The increase was also attributable to the hiring of
additional staff to support the transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II program
curricula that was completed during the year. Furthermore, during the year we determined that in order to align
our cost structure with our projected future student population, it was necessary to complete a reduction in
workforce in June 2011 which resulted in severance expense of $1.4 million.

Our compensation and related costs for the years ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 for our
including corporate

Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas, campus were $2.6 million and $2.0 million, respectively,
allocations of $1.6 million and $1.3 million for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Advertising expense increased $2.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to our
spending on various media, including television, internet, magazine, and inquiry generation programs, our
continued investment in local markets and an overall shift in strategy to higher quality inquiries. We anticipate
our advertising expense will be in the range of 9%-10% of revenue for the year ended September 30, 2012.

Bad debt expense represents 1.8% of revenue for the year ended September 30, 2011 and we anticipate bad

debt expense to be in the range of 1.6% – 1.7% of revenue for the year ended September 30, 2012.

57

Depreciation expense increased $1.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2011 primarily due to the
addition of software developed for internal use, acceleration of depreciation related to the relocation of our
corporate office headquarters in March 2011 and investments in information technology infrastructure.

Income taxes. Our provision for income taxes for the year ended September 30, 2011 was $18.4 million,
or 40.3% of pre-tax income compared to $18.5 million or 39.0% of pre-tax income for the year ended
September 30, 2010. The effective income tax rate in each year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of
35% primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related federal income tax benefits.

Net income. As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended September 30, 2011

of $27.2 million, as compared to net income of $28.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010.

Year Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2009

Revenues. Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2010 were $435.9 million, representing an
increase of $69.3 million, or 18.9%, as compared to revenues of $366.6 million for the year ended September 30,
2009. The increase was due to a 17.0% increase in the average undergraduate full-time student enrollment,
tuition rate increases between 3% and 5%, depending on the program, and a decrease of approximately $1.1
million in tuition scholarships. Our revenues for the year ended September 30, 2010 excluded $9.7 million of
tuition related to students participating in our proprietary loan program. In accordance with our accounting
policy, we will recognize the related revenue as payments are received from the students participating in this
program. Additionally,
industry training revenue decreased by $6.5 million due to reductions in and
discontinuation of training for certain manufacturer specific training programs.

Educational services and facilities expenses. Our educational services and facilities expenses for the year
ended September 30, 2010 were $212.6 million, representing an increase of $19.1 million, or 9.9%, as compared
to $193.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009.

The following table sets forth the significant components of our educational services and facilities expenses:

Year Ended September 30,

2010

2009

(In thousands)

Salaries expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 89,630

$ 82,087

Employee benefits and tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bonus expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17,013

4,187

685

16,526

2,875

573

Compensation and related costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$111,515

$102,061

Occupancy costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other educational services and facilities expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tools and training aids expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supplies and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36,410

23,993
15,632

13,108

11,919

36,175

21,306
14,838

9,183

9,927

$212,577

$193,490

The increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment drove the increase in student centric

variable costs including compensation and related costs, supplies and maintenance and tools and training aids.

The significant components of educational services and facilities expenses at our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas
campus included $1.1 million related to tools and training aids and $0.9 million in compensation costs for
instructors and other staff during the year ended September 30, 2010.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Our selling, general and administrative expenses for the
year ended September 30, 2010 were $176.8 million, an increase of $22.3 million, or 14.4%, as compared to
$154.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2009.

58

The following table sets forth the significant components of our selling, general and administrative

expenses:

Year Ended September 30,

2010

2009

(In thousands)

Salaries expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 63,990

$ 58,900

Employee benefits and tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bonus expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15,393

16,212

5,209

14,021

13,178

4,129

Compensation and related costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$100,804

$ 90,228

Advertising costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bad debt expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Occupancy costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contract services expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,552

23,694

6,520

5,161
2,309

5,754

23,708

21,614

6,732

3,569
2,082

6,571

$176,794

$154,504

Total compensation and related costs increased by approximately $10.6 million for the year ended
September 30, 2010 as a result of an increase in the number of staff to support the growth associated with the
increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollments and an increase in the number of sales force
representatives who were hired to drive an increase in the number of enrollments. Additionally, bonus expense
increased $2.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2010, due to improved operating results.

Advertising expense increased $8.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2010 primarily due to an

increase in our advertising spend to generate high quality inquiries to support future student enrollments.

Income taxes. Our provision for income taxes for the year ended September 30, 2010 was $18.5 million,
or 39.0% of pre-tax income compared with $7.6 million or 39.2% of pre-tax income for the year ended
September 30, 2009. The effective income tax rate in each year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of
35% primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related federal income tax benefits.

Net income. As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended September 30, 2010

of $28.8 million, as compared to net income of $11.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our cash flow from operations, cash on
hand and investments will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, commitments, and other
liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations through the next 12 months.

We believe that

the strategic use of our cash resources includes supporting the integration of our
Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula to existing campuses, as well as subsidizing funding
alternatives for our students. Additionally, we evaluate the repurchase of our common stock, payment of
dividends, consideration of strategic acquisitions and other potential uses of cash. To the extent that potential
acquisitions are large enough to require financing beyond cash from operations, we may issue debt resulting in
increased interest expense. Our aggregate cash and cash equivalents and current investments were $103.7 million
and $77.5 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. A majority of our revenues are derived from Title IV
Programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs. Students must
apply for new funding for each academic year consisting of thirty-week periods. Loan funds are generally provided

59

by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first disbursement is usually received after the start of
a student’s academic year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week
from the start of the student’s academic year. We established a proprietary loan program in which we bear all credit
and collection risk and students are not required to begin repayment until six months after the student completes or
withdraws from his or her program. These factors, together with the timing of when our students begin their
programs, affect our operating cash flow.

Operating Activities

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $58.1 million, $67.5 million and $49.5 million for the
years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The cash provided by in 2011 was primarily
attributable to changes in our operating assets and liabilities and increased revenues resulting from an increase in
tuition rates as well as an increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment that occurred during the
first three quarters of the year. The increase from 2009 to 2010 was primarily attributable to higher net income
resulting from increased revenues due to an increase in our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment.

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

During the year ended September 30, 2011, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in
cash outflows of $12.2 million. The outflows were primarily attributable to changes in accounts payable and
accrued expenses, deferred rent liability, and income tax payable.

The cash outflow of $15.6 million attributable to accounts payable and accrued expenses was primarily due
to the payments of 2010 bonuses, accelerated bonus payments in June due to modifications in our compensation
plans and timing of our payroll cycle. The cash outflow was offset by the elimination of current bonus plans in
order to comply with the new regulations effective July 1, 2011.

In September 2010, we entered into a leasing arrangement to relocate our corporate office headquarters
during the second quarter of 2011. The lease included incentives such as a leasehold improvement allowance,
moving allowance, and free rent periods which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial lease
term resulting in a $6.2 million increase in deferred rent.

We experienced a cash inflow of $3.3 million as a result of being in a payable position at September 30,

2011 rather than a receivable position for income taxes in the prior year.

During the year ended September 30, 2010, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in
cash inflows of $10.0 million. The inflows were a result of a $15.1 million increase in deferred revenue primarily
due to the timing of student starts, the number of students in school and where they were at year end in relation to
the completion of their program coupled with an increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
at September 30, 2010 compared to September 30, 2009. The inflows were also due to a $6.0 million increase in
accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily attributable to an increase in accrued bonuses as a result of
improved operating results. There was a use of cash as a result of an increase in receivables by $9.9 million due
to an increase in our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment.

During the year ended September 30, 2009, the changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in
cash inflows of $10.0 million. The inflows were primarily attributable to a $7.0 million increase in accounts
payable and accrued expenses primarily due to an increase in accrued bonuses as a result of improved operating
results. The inflows were also due to a $3.5 million increase in deferred revenue which was primarily attributable
to the timing of student starts, the number of students in school and where they were at year end in relation to the
completion of their program coupled with an increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment at
September 30, 2009 compared to September 30, 2008.

60

Investing Activities

During the year ended September 30, 2011, cash used in investing activities was $54.0 million and was
primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment and the purchase of investments in addition to
investing in new and replacement training equipment for ongoing operations. The following is a summary of our
significant investments in capital expenditure activities.

• We invested approximately $5.5 million in office leasehold improvements primarily related to our new

corporate office headquarters.

• We invested approximately $4.1 million in the transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel

Technology II program curricula.

• We invested approximately $3.4 million in equipment necessary to offer our Diesel and Industrial

program at our Rancho Cucamonga, California campus.

During the year ended September 30, 2012, we anticipate our investment in capital expenditures will be
slightly below the amounts invested for the year ended September 30, 2011. We anticipate investing in the range
of $3.0 million to $5.0 million in computer equipment and training aids during 2012 as part of the integration of
our Automotive Technology and Diesel Technology II curricula at our Avondale, Arizona campus in Spring
2012 and a second campus later in calendar year 2012.

During the year ended September 30, 2010, cash used in investing activities was $42.1 million and was
primarily related to our investment in new and replacement training equipment for our ongoing operations. The
following is a summary of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities.

• We invested approximately $10.5 million in building improvements and equipment for the Dallas/Ft.

Worth, Texas campus.

• We invested approximately $10.3 million in the transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel

Technology II program curricula.

During the year ended September 30, 2009, cash used in investing activities was approximately $57.4
million and was primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment, capital improvements and the
purchase of investments. The following is a summary of our significant investments in capital expenditure
activities.

• We invested approximately $9.3 million to purchase facilities for the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus in

addition to leasehold improvements at a temporary facility for this campus.

• We invested approximately $4.8 million in the transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel

Technology II program curricula.

Financing Activities

During the year ended September 30, 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $0.6 million and was

attributable to activity in our stock-based compensation plans.

During the year ended September 30, 2010, cash used in financing activities was $32.6 million and was
primarily attributable to the payment of a special cash dividend in July 2010 of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3
million to common stockholders of record as of July 6, 2010.

During the year ended September 30, 2009, cash used in financing activities was $16.8 million and was

attributable to the repurchase of our stock.

Dividends

We continuously evaluate our cash position in light of growth opportunities, operating results and general
market conditions. Periodically, we may return shareholder earnings through cash dividends or stock
repurchases, or a combination thereof.

61

Stock Repurchase Program

Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of up to $70.0 million of our common stock in
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and actual number of shares purchased
will depend on a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements, and prevailing market
conditions. We may terminate or limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior notice. Through
September 30, 2011, we purchased 3.4 million shares at an average price per share of $13.50 and a total cost of
approximately $46.4 million under this program. We did not make any purchases during the year ended
September 30, 2011.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2011, the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual

obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require cash outlays in the future.

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than
1 year

1-3
years

3-5
years

More than
5 years

(In thousands)

Operating leases(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$238,573

$26,335

$52,831

$49,940

$109,467

Purchase obligations(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other long-term obligations . . . . . . . . . . . .

42,827

2,169

22,829

10,080

183

250

6,993

61

2,925

1,675

Total contractual commitments . . . . . . . . .

$283,569

$49,347

$63,161

$56,994

$114,067

(1) Minimum rental commitments. These amounts do not include property taxes, insurance or normal recurring

repairs and maintenance.

(2) Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either a fixed or minimum quantity that are
enforceable and legally binding. Additionally, purchase orders outstanding as of September 30, 2011,
employment contracts and minimum payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our campuses are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. Additionally, our campuses are required to be authorized
by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students. Our
insurers issue surety bonds for us on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to
maintain authorization to conduct our business. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any surety bonds
that are paid by the insurers. As of September 30, 2011, the total face amount of these surety bonds was
approximately $13.8 million.

Related Party Transactions

Information concerning related party transactions is included in Note 11 of the notes to our Consolidated

Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K.

For a description of additional information regarding related party transactions, see the information included
in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading “Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions”.

Seasonality

Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business,
principally due to changes in total student population and costs associated with opening or expanding our
campuses. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition.

62

Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our third quarter than in the remainder of our year
because fewer students are enrolled during the summer months. Additionally, our schools have had higher
student populations in our fourth quarter than in the remainder of the year because more students enroll during
this period. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly with changes in student population and revenues
and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect quarterly
fluctuations in operating results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may
change, however, as a result of new school openings, new program introductions, increased enrollments of adult
students or acquisitions. Furthermore, our revenues for the first quarter ending December 31 are impacted by the
closure of our campuses for a week in December for a holiday break and during which we do not earn revenue.

Operating income is negatively impacted during the initial start up of new campus openings. We incur sales
and marketing costs as well as campus personnel costs in advance of the campus opening. Typically we begin to
incur such costs approximately 12 to 15 months in advance of the campus opening with the majority of the costs
being incurred in the nine month period prior to a campus opening.

Three Month Period Ending:
December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Revenues

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

($’s in thousands)

$117,447
114,161
108,934
111,358

26.0% $103,522
25.3% 105,631
24.1% 107,525
24.6% 119,243

23.7% $ 90,121
89,125
24.2%
87,852
24.7%
99,537
27.4%

24.6%
24.3%
24.0%
27.1%

$451,900

100.0% $435,921

100.0% $366,635

100.0%

Income (Loss) from Operations

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

($’s in thousands)

Three Month Period Ending:
December 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
June 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
September 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$16,853
11,390
6,706
10,156

37.4% $15,056
9,884
25.3%
14.9%
9,857
22.4% 11,753

32.3% $ 3,589
(203)
21.2%
21.3%
2,966
25.2% 12,289

19.3%
(1.1%)
15.9%
65.9%

$45,105

100.0% $46,550

100.0% $18,641

100.0%

The decline in income from operations during the three months ended June 30, 2011 was primarily due to a

reduction in workforce of 195 employees nationwide, which resulted in severance costs of $4.3 million.

The increase in revenues and income from operations for the three months periods ended March 31, 2011

and December 31, 2010, was primarily due to an increase in our student population in 2010.

The loss from operations during the three month period ended March 31, 2009 was primarily due to
additional sales force representatives hired in response to our increase in quality inquiries, contract services
expenses incurred for process improvement projects in financial aid and admissions and lower interest income
due to a change in investments to lower risk, lower yielding mutual funds.

63

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements,
which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or
GAAP. During the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to
revenue recognition, our proprietary loan program, allowance for uncollectible accounts, investments, goodwill
recoverability, bonus plans, self-insurance claim liabilities,
income taxes, contingencies and stock-based
compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe
are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making judgments about
the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be
material to our consolidated financial statements.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K. We believe that the following accounting
estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they
require management’s most subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties.

Revenue recognition. Revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs
we provide after reductions are made for discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue is
recognized ratably over the term of the course or program offered. If a student withdraws from a program prior to
a specified date, all or a portion of deferred tuition revenue is refunded. Approximately 97% of our revenues for
each of the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of tuition. Our undergraduate programs
are typically designed to be completed in 45 to 102 weeks and our advanced training programs range from 14 to
24 weeks in duration. We supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program supplies, student
housing and other revenues. Sales of textbooks and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and
other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are performed. Deferred revenue represents the
excess of tuition and fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned, and is reflected as a current
liability in our consolidated balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the next twelve months.

Proprietary Loan Program.

In order to provide funding for students who are not able to fully finance the
cost of their education under traditional governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or other
alternative sources, we established a private loan program with a national chartered bank in 2008. Under terms of
the related agreement, the bank originates loans for our students who meet our specific credit criteria with the
related proceeds used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the
bank on a monthly basis and assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest at market rates;
however, principal and interest payments are not required until six months after the student completes or
withdraws from his or her program. After the deferral period, monthly principal and interest payments are
required over the related term of the loan.

In substance, we provide the students who participate in this program with extended payment terms for a
portion of their tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying transactions in accordance with our tuition
revenue recognition policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with the extended payment terms
required under the student loan agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured. Accordingly, we recognize
tuition and loan origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest income required under the loan
when such amounts are collected. We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical collection
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of the related revenue if appropriate. All related
expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed as incurred. Since collectability is not
reasonably assured, the loans cannot be recorded as assets under GAAP, and therefore, the loans and related
deferred tuition revenue are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. Our presentation will be
reevaluated when sufficient collection history has been obtained.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts. We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required payments. We offer a

64

variety of payment plans to help students pay that portion of their education expenses not covered by financial
aid programs or alternate fund sources, which are unsecured and not guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts
receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts, customer credit worthiness and changes in payment
history when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an internal group of
collectors, augmented by third party collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts. Although we
believe that our allowance is adequate, if the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an
impairment of their ability to make payments, or if we underestimate the allowances required, additional
allowances may be necessary, which would result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the
period such determination is made.

Investments. We invest in pre-funded municipal bonds, which are generally secured by escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in
certificates of deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds from large cap industrial and selected
financial companies with a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention to hold our investments until
maturity and therefore classify these investments as held-to-maturity, and report them at amortized cost. Investments
with an original maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase are classified as cash equivalents and
investments with a maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are classified as non-current.

We review our held-to-maturity investments for impairment quarterly to determine if other-than-temporary
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual investment. Other-than-temporary declines in the
value of our held-to-maturity investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the determination is
made. We determined that no other-than-temporary declines occurred in our held-to-maturity investments during
the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair values
of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which
might result from the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any
resulting impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified.

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998. We
allocated such goodwill, which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units that provide the related
educational programs. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year using
a discounted cash flow model that incorporates estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included in the cash flow model include future tuition
revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate that approximates
our weighted average cost of capital. While actual experience will differ from the amounts included in our cash
flow model, we do not believe that a related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the foreseeable
future.

Self-Insurance. We are self-insured for a number of risks including claims related to employee health
care and dental care and workers’ compensation. The accounting for our self-insured plans involves estimates
and judgments to determine our ultimate liability related to reported claims and claims incurred but not reported.
We consider our historical experience, severity factors, actuarial analysis and existing stop loss insurance in
estimating our ultimate insurance liability. If our insurance claim trends were to differ significantly from our
historic claim experience, we would make a corresponding adjustment to our insurance reserves.

Income taxes. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized from future taxable
income and establish a valuation allowance if we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in the valuation allowance are included in our
statement of operations as a charge or credit to income tax expense. We make assumptions, judgments and
estimates in determining our provisions for income taxes, assessing our ability to utilize any future tax benefit
from our deferred tax assets. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, changes in tax laws or our
interpretation of tax laws, and the outcome of future tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided

65

for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, actual operating results and the
underlying amount and category of income in future years could render our current assessment of recoverable
deferred tax assets inaccurate.

Contingencies.

In the ordinary conduct of

the business, we are subject

lawsuits,
investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students and graduates and routine
employment matters. When we are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or
exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we
record a liability for the loss. If the loss is not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably estimated,
we disclose the nature of the specific claim if the likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the
amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the ultimate outcome of any of the lawsuits,
investigations or claims pending against us will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.

to occasional

Stock-based Compensation. We measure all share-based payments to employees at estimated fair value.
We recognize the compensation expense for option grants and restricted stock awards with only service
conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For stock awards with market conditions, we
recognize compensation expense over the requisite period.

Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
The fair value of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on
certain valuation assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a
maturity date approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the grant date. We apply the simplified
method for calculating the expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point between the vesting date
of the grant and the expiration date of the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate has historically been
assumed to be zero because we have not historically paid dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50
paid July 16, 2010. We derive our expected volatility using a method that includes an analysis of companies
within our industry sector, including UTI, to calculate the annualized historical volatility.

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is measured based on the closing price of our
common stock on the date of grant. The requisite service period for restricted stock awards is generally the
vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest, which we
estimate based upon historical forfeitures.

In September 2010 and 2009, our Board of Directors approved grants of stock units with vesting of the grant
subject to a market condition (market shares). The market condition is based on total shareholder return which is
the comparison of the change in our stock price and dividends to the change in stock price and dividends of the
companies included in a nationally recognized stock index for the measurement periods included in the grant. On
the settlement date for each measurement period, participants will receive shares of our common stock equal to
0% to 200% of the market shares originally granted depending on where our total shareholder return ranks
among the companies included in the related index for that measurement period.

The fair value of the market shares at grant date for each measurement period was estimated using a Monte
Carlo simulation which required assumptions for expected volatilities, correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of
return, and dividend yields. Expected volatilities were derived using a method that calculates historical volatility
over a period equal to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the companies included in the related
index. Correlation coefficients were based on the same data used to calculate historical volatilities and were used
to model how our stock price moves in relation to the companies included in the related index. We used a
risk-free rate of return that is equal to the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with
each measurement period, and we assumed that any dividends paid were reinvested.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements which are not yet effective is included in
Note 3 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K. As
indicated in Note 3, we do not expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements to have a material
effect on our financial statements.

66

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates. We invest our cash and cash
equivalents in mutual funds that invest in U.S. treasury notes, U.S. treasury bills and repurchase agreements
collateralized by U.S. treasury notes and U.S. treasury bills. Additionally, in May 2009, we began investing in
pre-funded municipal bonds, collateralized by escrowed-to-maturity U.S. treasury notes. As of September 30,
2011, we held $53.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and $55.9 million in investments. During the year
ended September 30, 2010, we earned interest income of $0.3 million. We do not believe that reasonably possible
changes in interest rates will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

As of September 30, 2011, we did not have short-term or long-term borrowings.

Effect of Inflation

To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our operations.

67

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to

F-32 of this report:

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
Number

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5

F-6
F-7
F-8

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of
September 30, 2011, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of
September 30, 2011 were effective in ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by the Company in
the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by
the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to
the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons
performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the
evaluation required by Exchange Act Rule 13a–15(d) or 15d–15(d) that occurred during the quarter ended
September 30, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control
over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and our Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm’s report with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting are
included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively, of this Report on Form 10-K.

Management’s Certifications

The Company has filed as exhibits to its annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30,
2011, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the most recent Annual Chief Executive Officer

Certification as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

68

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
headings “Election of Directors”; “Corporate Governance and Related Matters”; “Code of Conduct”; “Corporate
Governance Guidelines” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein
by reference. Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set forth under the caption “Executive
Officers of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.” in Part I hereof.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading “Executive Compensation”, “Compensation Committee Interlocks” and “Compensation Committee
Report” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management” is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR

INDEPENDENCE

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Related Matters” is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading “Fees Paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Procedures for
Services Provided by the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” is incorporated herein by reference.

69

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

PART IV

(1) The financial statements required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included

in Item 8 of this Report.

(2) All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable, or the

required information is shown on the financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits:

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

10.1*

10.2*

10.3*

10.4.1*

10.4.2*

10.4.3*

10.4.4*

10.5.1*

10.5.2*

10.6.1*

10.6.2*

10.7.1*

Description

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 23, 2004.)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to a
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on December 15, 2008.)
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment
thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003, between Registrant and certain stockholders
signatory thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Universal Technical Institute Executive Benefit Plan, effective March 1, 1997. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3,
2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Management 2002 Option Program. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment
thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended February 28, 2007).
(Formerly known as the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2007.)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 1, 2009.)
Form of Performance Shares Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.4 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 1, 2009.)
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 14, 2005.)
Second Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 4, 2010.
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between Registrant and John C. White. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between Registrant
and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 to Form 10-K filed by the Registrant
on December 1, 2010.)
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between Registrant and Kimberly J. McWaters.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)

70

Exhibit
Number

10.7.2*

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12.1*

10.12.2*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

21.1

23.1
24.1
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Description

First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between Registrant
and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.2 to Form 10-K filed by the
Registrant on December 1, 2010.)
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between City Park LLC, as successor in interest
to 2844 West Deer Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between John C. and Cynthia L. White, as
trustees of the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton Harley
Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC, as landlord, and The Clinton Harley
Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1 dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-109430).)
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and its directors and officers.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto (No. 333-114185).)
Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2008, between Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on July 29, 2008.)
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2009, between Registrant
and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.2 to Form 10-K filed by the
Registrant on December 1, 2010.)
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated December 17, 2008, between Registrant and Larry
H. Wolff. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on
December 18, 2008.)
Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2009, between Registrant and Roger L. Speer.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2009.)
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated July 30, 2009, between Registrant and Sherrell E.
Smith. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 4,
2009.)
Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a Form 8-K filed by the
Registrant on April 6, 2010.
Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between the Company and Kimberly J. McWaters.
(Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 8, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between the Company and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
(Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 8, 2011).
Employment Agreement, dated March 7, 2011, between the Company and John C. White.
(Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 8, 2011).
Form of Retention/Recognition Bonus Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed
by Registrant on June 13, 2011.)
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K dated December 14, 2005.)
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith.)
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith.)

71

Exhibit
Number

Description

101.INS** XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

*

Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or arrangement.

** This information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of
Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

72

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: November 30, 2011

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.

By: /s/

John C. White

John C. White
Chairman of the Board

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints John C. White and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr., or either of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any
and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any documents
related to this report and filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act
and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their
substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE

TITLE

DATE

John C. White

/s/
John C. White

/s/ Kimberly J. McWaters
Kimberly J. McWaters

/s/ Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.

/s/ Alan E. Cabito
Alan E. Cabito

/s/ A. Richard Caputo, Jr.
A. Richard Caputo, Jr.

/s/ Conrad A. Conrad
Conrad A. Conrad

/s/ Linda J. Srere
Linda J. Srere

/s/ Dr. Roderick Paige
Dr. Roderick Paige

Chairman of the Board

November 30, 2011

Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Director

November 30, 2011

President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

73

SIGNATURE

/s/ Roger S. Penske
Roger S. Penske

/s/ Kenneth R. Trammell
Kenneth R. Trammell

TITLE

Director

DATE

November 30, 2011

Director

November 30, 2011

74

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 . . . . . .

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
Number

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-1

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting for the company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as such
term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over financial
reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States.

Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to maintaining records
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of the company’s assets;
providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; providing
reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with management
and director authorization; and providing reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could have a material effect on our financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
based on the framework established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2011. There were no
changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 that have
materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011 has
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report which appears herein.

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of
income, of shareholders’ equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2011 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2011,
based on criteria established in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for
these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on
these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated
audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements
included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of the internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
November 30, 2011

F-3

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Current assets:

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments, current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

September 30,

2011

2010

(In thousands)

$ 53,670
50,052
11,205
7,837
10,709

133,473
5,830
100,377
20,579
5,328

$ 48,974
28,528
19,253
8,840
9,836

115,431
3,596
99,040
20,579
3,853

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$265,587

$242,499

Current liabilities:

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Accounts payable and accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued tool sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liabilities, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 35,905
61,394
4,723
2,032
642

104,696
2,443
11,799
4,534

$ 53,906
63,276
5,066
—
66

122,314
933
5,621
5,239

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123,472

134,107

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 29,560,276 shares
issued and 24,690,050 shares outstanding at September 30, 2011 and 29,148,585
shares issued and 24,278,359 shares outstanding at September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . .

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,870,226 shares at September 30, 2011 and 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

3

—
156,497
(76,506)
62,121

—
150,012
(76,506)
34,883

Total shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

142,115

108,392

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$265,587

$242,499

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$451,900

$435,921

$366,635

Operating expenses:

Educational services and facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

223,469

183,326

212,577

176,794

193,490

154,504

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

406,795

389,371

347,994

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45,105

46,550

18,641

Other income (expense):

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

258

(6)
291

543

259

(9)
479

729

246

(48)
466

664

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45,648

18,410

47,279

18,451

19,305

7,572

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 27,238

$ 28,828

$ 11,733

Earnings per share:

Net income per share — basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income per share — diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

1.12

1.10

$

$

1.20

1.18

$

$

0.48

0.48

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,427

24,041

24,246

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,740

24,511

24,627

Special cash dividends declared per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

1.50

$

—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Shares Amount

Paid-in
Capital

Treasury Stock

Shares Amount

(In thousands)

Retained
Earnings

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance at September 30, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . 28,407
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3

$137,100 3,317 $(59,571) $ 30,655

$108,187

— —

— —

— 11,733

11,733

Issuance of common stock under employee

plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares withheld for payroll taxes . . . . . . . . .

Tax charge from employee stock plans . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Treasury stock purchases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

312 —

(78) —

— —

— —

— —

878 —

(1,101) —

(842) —

4,778 —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

878

(1,101)

(842)

4,778

— 1,553

(16,935)

— (16,935)

Balance at September 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . 28,641
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3
— —

$140,813 4,870 $(76,506) $ 42,388
— 28,828

— —

$106,698
28,828

Issuance of common stock under employee

plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares withheld for payroll taxes . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit from employee stock plans . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash dividends declared . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

603 —

(95) —

— —

— —

— —

4,083 —

(2,124) —

1,274 —

5,966 —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,083

(2,124)

1,274

5,966

— —

— (36,333)

(36,333)

Balance at September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . 29,149
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3

$150,012 4,870 $(76,506) $ 34,883

$108,392

— —

— —

— 27,238

27,238

Issuance of common stock under employee

plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares withheld for payroll taxes . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefit from employee stock plans . . . .

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

517 —

1,269 —

(106) —

(1,739) —

— —

— —

638 —

6,317 —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,269

(1,739)

638

6,317

Balance at September 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . 29,560

$ 3

$156,497 4,870 $(76,506) $ 62,121

$142,115

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of held-to-maturity investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad debt expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on disposal of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable and accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax payable (receivable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)

$ 27,238

$ 28,828

$ 11,733

24,842
1,195
8,279
6,279
(1,081)
2,513
957

(840)
(1,110)
(1,486)
(15,567)
(1,882)
3,279
233
6,178
(955)

19,888
1,367
6,520
5,894
(1,788)
(3,541)
341

(9,886)
(462)
(261)
6,037
15,101
(1,130)
831
28
(286)

17,568
307
6,732
4,702
(378)
(2,165)
1,004

(1,936)
(2,036)
1,176
6,989
3,480
1,942
387
239
(286)

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

58,072

67,481

49,458

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
Purchase of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds received upon maturity of investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(29,098)
64
(89,538)
64,585

(37,196)
5
(41,570)
36,641

(28,524)
36
(31,936)
3,067

Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(53,987)

(42,120)

(57,357)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payment of cash dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of payroll taxes on stock-based compensation through shares withheld . . . . . . .
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of treasury stock, including fees of $62 in 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— (36,333)
4,083
(2,124)
1,788

—
878
(1,101)
378
— (16,935)

1,269
(1,739)
1,081
—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

611

(32,586)

(16,780)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,696
48,974

(7,225)
56,199

(24,679)
80,878

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 53,670

$ 48,974

$ 56,199

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 12,615

$ 23,116

$ 7,823

Training equipment obtained in exchange for services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,399

$ 1,717

$ 1,571

Change in accrued capital expenditures during the period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2,434) $

593

$ 2,292

Capitalized stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

38

$

72

$

76

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

1. Business Description

Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (“UTI” or, collectively, “we” and “our”) provides postsecondary
education for students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle and marine
technicians. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at 11 campuses and advanced
training programs that are sponsored by the manufacturer or dealer at dedicated training centers. We work
closely with leading original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service professionals. Revenues generated from our schools
consist primarily of tuition and fees paid by students. To pay for a substantial portion of their tuition, the majority
of students rely on funds received from federal financial aid programs under Title IV Programs of the Higher
Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA). For further discussion, see Concentration of Risk and Note 16
“Governmental Regulation and Financial Aid”.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of UTI and its wholly-owned

subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to
revenue recognition, our proprietary loan program, allowance for uncollectible accounts, investments, property
and equipment, goodwill recoverability, bonus plans, self-insurance claim liabilities, income taxes, contingencies
and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions
that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such
differences may be material to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues consist primarily of student

tuition and fees derived from the programs we provide after
reductions are made for discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue is recognized ratably
over the term of the course or program offered. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date,
all or a portion of deferred tuition revenue is refunded. Approximately 97% of our revenues for each of the years
ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of tuition. The majority of our undergraduate programs are
designed to be completed in 45 to 102 weeks and our advanced training programs range from 14 to 24 weeks in
duration. We supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program supplies, student housing and other
revenues. Sales of textbooks and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and other revenue are each
recognized as sales occur or services are performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of tuition and fee
liability in our
payments received as compared to tuition and fees earned and is reflected as a current
consolidated balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the next twelve months.

Proprietary Loan Program

In order to provide funding for students who are not able to fully finance the cost of their education under
traditional governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or other alternative sources, we
established a private loan program with a national chartered bank in 2008. Under terms of the related agreement,

F-8

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

the bank originates loans for our students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds used
exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis
and assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest at market rates; however, principal and interest
payments are not required until six months after the student completes or withdraws from his or her program.
After the deferral period, monthly principal and interest payments are required over the related term of the loan.

The bank agreed to provide these services in exchange for a fee equivalent to 0.4% of the principal balance
of each loan and related fees. Under the terms of the related agreement, we have a $2.0 million deposit, an
amount that exceeds the FDIC insurance limits, with the bank in order to secure our related loan purchase
obligation. This balance is classified as other assets in our consolidated balance sheets at September 30, 2011 and
2010.

In substance, we provide the students who participate in this program with extended payment terms for a
portion of their tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying transactions in accordance with our tuition
revenue recognition policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with the extended payment terms
required under the student loan agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured. Accordingly, we recognize
tuition and loan origination fees financed by the loan and any related interest income required under the loan
when such amounts are collected. We will reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical collection
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of the related revenue if appropriate. All related
expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed as incurred and were approximately $0.9
million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million during the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively.
Since collectability is not reasonably assured, the loans cannot be recorded as assets under GAAP, and therefore,
the loans and related deferred tuition revenue are not recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. Our
presentation will be reevaluated when sufficient collection history has been obtained.

The following table summarizes the impact of the proprietary loan program on our tuition revenue and
interest income during the period as well as on a cumulative basis at the end of each period in our consolidated
statements of income. Tuition revenue and interest income excluded represents amounts which would have been
recognized during the period had collectability of the related amounts been assured. Amounts collected and
recognized represent actual cash receipts during the period and amounts written-off represent amounts which
have been turned over to third party collectors.

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Inception
to date

Tuition revenue and interest income excluded . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,158

$11,483

$8,654

$29,785

Amounts collected and recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amounts written off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(857)

(260)

(5,926)

(2,386)

(51)

(41)

(1,171)

(8,348)

Aggregate amount excluded during the period . . . . . . . . . .

$ 2,375

$ 8,837

$8,562

$20,266

Our Board of Directors authorized the extension of up to an aggregate of $40.0 million of credit under our
proprietary loan program. At September 30, 2011, we had committed to provide loans to our students for
approximately $34.2 million. We monitor the aggregate amount approved under this program and may make
changes in future periods.

F-9

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the activity related to the balances outstanding under our proprietary loan
program, including loans outstanding, interest and origination fees, which are not reflected in our consolidated
balance sheets:

Year Ended
September 30,

2011

2010

Balances outstanding at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,301

$14,671

Activity during the period:

Loans extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interest accrued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amounts collected and recognized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,162

2,183

(857)

9,491

1,785

(260)

Amounts written off

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(5,926)

(2,386)

Balances outstanding at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$26,863

$23,301

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash

equivalents.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure
or refusal of our students to make required payments. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students pay
that portion of their education expenses not covered by financial aid programs or alternate fund sources, which
are unsecured and not guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts receivable, historical percentages of
uncollectible accounts, customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy
of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by third party
collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts. Although we believe that our allowance is adequate, if
the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments,
or if we underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may be necessary, which would result in
increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Investments

We invest in pre-funded municipal bonds which are generally secured by escrowed-to-maturity U.S.
Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in
certificates of deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds from large cap industrial and selected
financial companies with a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention to hold our
investments until maturity and therefore classify these investments as held-to-maturity and report them at
amortized cost. Investments with an original maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase are classified
as cash equivalents and investments with a maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are
classified as non-current.

We review our held-to-maturity investments for impairment quarterly to determine if other-than-temporary
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual investment. Other-than-temporary declines in the
value of our held-to-maturity investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the determination is
made. We determined that no other-than-temporary declines occurred in our held-to-maturity investments during
the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

F-10

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Property and Equipment

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense are calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated using the
straight-line method over the remaining useful life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter. Costs
relating to software developed for internal use and curriculum development are capitalized and amortized using
the straight-line method over the related estimated useful lives. Such costs include direct costs of materials and
services as well as payroll and related costs for employees who are directly associated with the projects.
Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We evaluate our long-lived
assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by using
probability weighting techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may
also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If we determine that an asset’s carrying value is
impaired, we will write-down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value and charge the impairment
as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated fair values of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which might
result from the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market conditions,
adverse changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other circumstances. Any resulting
impairment charge would be recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is identified.

Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and marine education business in 1998. We
allocated such goodwill, which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units that provide the related
educational programs. We assess our goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year using
a discounted cash flow model that incorporates estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included in the cash flow model include future tuition
revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate that approximates
our weighted average cost of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined that our goodwill was
not impaired at September 30, 2011 and 2010, and that impairment charges were not required. While actual
experience will differ from the amounts included in our cash flow model, we do not believe that a related
impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the foreseeable future.

Self-Insurance Plans

We are self-insured for claims related to employee health and dental care and claims related to workers’
compensation. Liabilities associated with these plans are estimated by management with consideration of our
historical loss experience, severity factors and independent actuarial analysis. Our claim liabilities are based on
estimates, and while we believe the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate losses may differ from the
amounts provided.

Deferred Rent Liability

We lease substantially all of our administrative and educational facilities under operating lease agreements.
Some lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, free rent periods or rent escalation clauses. In
instances where one or more of these items are included in a lease agreement, we record a deferred rent liability
on the consolidated balance sheet and record rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.

F-11

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Advertising Costs

Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and totaled approximately $34.6 million, $32.6 million

and $23.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Historically, we have issued stock units with vesting subject to a market condition (market shares), stock
options and restricted stock. We measure all share-based payments to employees at estimated fair value. We
recognize the compensation expense for stock awards with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over
the requisite service period. We recognize compensation expense for market shares over the requisite period.

Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
The fair value of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on
certain valuation assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a
maturity date approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the grant date. We apply the simplified
method for calculating the expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point between the vesting date
of the grant and the expiration date of the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate has historically been
assumed to be zero because we have not historically paid dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50
paid July 16, 2010. We have historically derived our expected volatility using a method that includes an analysis
of companies within our industry sector, including UTI. We did not grant stock options during the years ended
September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is measured based on the grant date fair
value of our common stock. The requisite service period for restricted stock awards is generally the vesting
period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest, which we estimate
based upon historical forfeitures.

The fair value of market shares is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation which requires assumptions for
expected volatilities, correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and dividend yields. The vesting condition
for market shares is based on total shareholder return which is the comparison of the change in our stock price
and dividends to the change in stock price and dividends of the companies included in a nationally recognized
stock index for the measurement periods included in the grant. Expected volatilities are derived using a method
that calculates historical volatility over a period equal to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation coefficients are based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and are used to model how our stock price moves in relation to the companies included in
the related index. We use a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill
that is commensurate with each measurement period, and we assume that any dividends paid were reinvested.

Stock-based compensation expense of $6.3 million, $5.9 million and $4.7 million (pre-tax) was recorded for
the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based
compensation recognized was $2.4 million, $2.3 million and $1.8 million in the years ended September 30, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. We also recognize deferred tax assets for net operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced through a valuation
allowance if it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

F-12

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
and cash equivalents, investments and receivables. As of September 30, 2011, we held cash and cash equivalents
of $53.7 million and investments of $55.9 million invested in pre-funded municipal bonds, collateralized by
escrowed-to-maturity U.S. treasury notes, certificates of deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate
bonds.

We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions and limit the amount of
credit exposure with any one financial institution. We mitigate the concentration risk of our investments by
limiting the amount invested in any one issuer. We mitigate the risk associated with our investment in corporate
bonds by requiring a minimum credit rating of A.

respectively. The financial aid and assistance programs are subject

We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of time, to a majority of our students. A
substantial portion is repaid through the student’s participation in federally funded financial aid programs.
Transfers of funds from the financial aid programs to us are made in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Education (ED) requirements. Approximately 75%, 73%, and 73% of our revenues, on a cash basis, were
collected from funds distributed under Title IV Programs for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and
to political and budgetary
2009,
considerations. There is no assurance that such funding will be maintained at current levels. Extensive and
complex regulations govern the financial assistance programs in which our students participate. Our
administration of these programs is periodically reviewed by various regulatory agencies. Any regulatory
violation could be the basis for the initiation of potential adverse actions including a suspension, limitation,
placement on reimbursement status, or termination proceeding which could have a material adverse effect on our
business.

If any of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs,
the students at that institution would lose access to funds derived from those programs and would have to seek
alternative sources of funds to pay their tuition and fees. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid
through an ED prescribed application and eligibility certification process. Student financial aid funds are
generally made available to students at prescribed intervals throughout their predetermined expected length of
study. Students typically apply the funds received from the federal financial aid programs to pay their tuition and
fees. The transfer of funds is from the financial aid program to the student, who then uses those funds to pay for a
portion of the cost of their education. The receipt of financial aid funds reduces the student’s amounts due to us
and has no impact on revenue recognition, as the transfer relates to the source of funding for the costs of
education which may occur either through Title IV or other funds and resources available to the student.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable,

investments, accounts payable, accrued
liabilities and deferred tuition approximates their respective fair value at September 30, 2011 and 2010 due to the
short-term nature of these instruments. Any transfers of investments between levels will occur at the end of the
reporting period.

Comprehensive Income

We have no items which affect comprehensive income other than net income.

Start-up Costs

Costs related to the start-up of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

F-13

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance which simplifies
how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to
determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, an
entity will no longer be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit in the step one test unless the entity
determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its
carrying amount. This guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early
adoption permitted. We do not believe adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued guidance which eliminates the current option to report other comprehensive
income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The guidance requires all nonowner changes in
stockholders’ equity to be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two
separate but consecutive statements, and requires presentation on the face of the financial statements of
reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income. This
guidance is effective for interim and fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption
permitted. The adoption of this standard will not have a material impact our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance and clarification about the application of existing fair value
measurements and disclosure requirements. This guidance will be effective for interim and fiscal periods
beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not believe adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on
our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for
business combinations. This guidance is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We will
apply this guidance if we enter into an agreement that meets the requirements.

4. Postemployment Benefits

We implemented a nationwide reduction in workforce and provided postemployment benefits to
approximately 195 impacted employees in June 2011. Additionally, we periodically enter into agreements which
provide postemployment benefits to personnel whose employment is terminated. The postemployment benefit
liability, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets, is generally paid out ratably over the terms of the agreements, which range from 1 to 9 months, with the
final agreement expiring in March 2012.

The postemployment activity for the year ended September 30, 2011 is as follows:

Liability Balance at
September 30, 2010

Postemployment
Benefit Charges

Severance . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . .

$578

20

$598

$4,169

626

$4,795

Cash Paid

$(3,250)

(379)

$(455)

(232)

$(3,629)

$(687)

$1,042

35

$1,077

Other
Non-cash(1)

Liability Balance at
September 30, 2011

(1) Primarily relates to the expiration of benefits not used within the time offered under the agreement and

non-cash severance.

F-14

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

5. Receivables, net

Receivables, net consist of the following:

Tuition receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Less allowance for uncollectible accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

September 30,

2011

2010

$14,587

$21,665

1,087

1,252

15,674

22,917

(4,469)

(3,664)

$11,205

$19,253

The allowance for uncollectible accounts is estimated using our historical write-off experience applied to the
receivable balances for students who are no longer attending school due to graduation or withdrawal or who are
in school and have receivable balances in excess of their financial aid packages. We write off receivable balances
against the allowance for uncollectible accounts at the time we transfer the balance to a third party collection
agency.

The following table summarizes the activity for our allowance for uncollectible accounts during the year

ended September 30:

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Additions to
Bad Debt
Expense

Write-offs of
Uncollectible
Accounts

Balance at
End of Period

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,664

$3,316

$2,428

$8,279

$6,520

$6,732

$7,474

$6,172

$5,844

$4,469

$3,664

$3,316

6.

Investments

We invest in pre-funded municipal bonds which are generally secured by escrowed-to-maturity U.S.
Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in
certificates of deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds from large cap industrial and selected
financial companies with a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intent to hold our investments
until maturity and therefore classify these investments as held-to-maturity and report them at amortized cost.

Amortized cost and fair value for investments classified as held-to-maturity at September 30, 2011 are as

follows:

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

Fair
Value

Certificates of deposit due in less than 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,103

$ 1

$ — $ 8,104

Certificates of deposit due in 1 — 2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Municipal bonds due in less than 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate bonds due in less than 1 year

5,830

26,227
15,722

—

1
—

—

(19)
(37)

5,830

26,209
15,685

$55,882

$ 2

$(56)

$55,828

F-15

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Amortized cost and estimated fair value for investments classified as held-to-maturity at September 30,

2010 are as follows:

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

Fair
Value

Certificates of deposit due in less than 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,020

$ 1

$ (3)

$ 9,018

Certificates of deposit due in 1 — 2 years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,596

Municipal bonds due in less than 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15,604

Corporate bonds due in less than 1 year

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3,904

—

3

—

—

(5)

(5)

3,596

15,602

3,899

$32,124

$ 4

$(13)

$32,115

Investments are exposed to various risks, including interest rate, market and credit risk and as a result, it is
possible that changes in the values of these investments may occur and that such changes could affect the
amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income.

7. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based
measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an
asset or liability. The valuation techniques used to determine fair value must be consistent with either the market
approach, income approach and/or cost approach. The following three-tier fair value hierarchy prioritizes the
inputs used in the valuation techniques to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and

liabilities in active markets;

Level 2 — Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly
observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are
not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for
substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to

the fair value of assets or liabilities.

Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs. We use prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including
during periods of market volatility. Therefore, classification of inputs within the hierarchy may change from
period to period depending upon the ability to observe those prices and inputs. Our assessment of the significance
of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of fair value
for certain assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

F-16

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of September 30, 2011:

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

September 30,
2011

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$39,811

Certificates of deposit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Municipal bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13,934

26,209

15,685

$39,811

13,934

—

15,685

$ —

—

26,209

—

Total assets at fair value on a recurring

basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$95,639

$69,430

$26,209

$—

—

—

—

$—

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of September 30, 2010:

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

September 30,
2010

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$40,552

Certificates of deposit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Municipal bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Corporate bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,614

15,602

3,899

$40,552

$12,614

15,602

3,899

Total assets at fair value on a recurring

basis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$72,667

$72,667

$—

—

—

—

$—

$—

—

—

—

$—

For the year ended September 30, 2011, we transferred approximately $26.2 million of Level 1 financial
instruments into Level 2. This transfer was a result of the range of volume of trading activity in the open market
associated with municipal bonds. We did not change our valuation techniques associated with recurring fair value
measurements from prior periods.

F-17

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

8. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consist of the following:

Depreciable
Lives (in years)

September 30,

2011

2010

Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Buildings and building improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Training equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Office and computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Software developed for internal use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum development

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

35

1 - 28

3 - 10

3 - 10

3 - 5
5

5

—

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

1,456

$

1,456

13,675

45,066

79,178

40,518

10,931
18,466

909

1,081

13,269

37,806

71,255

38,397

11,292
14,726

726

3,032

211,280

191,959

(110,903)

(92,919)

$ 100,377

$ 99,040

Depreciation expense related to our property and equipment was $19.9 million, $18.4 million and $16.4
million for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense related to
curriculum development and software developed for internal use was $5.9 million, $2.4 million and $2.0 million
for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

9. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

September 30,

2011

2010

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,186

$ 9,147

Accrued compensation and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18,350

7,369

35,854

8,905

$35,905

$53,906

10.

Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Current expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,897

$21,993

$ 9,737

Deferred expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,513

(3,542)

(2,165)

Total provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$18,410

$18,451

$ 7,572

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

F-18

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result from application of the statutory federal tax

rate of 35.0% to pre-tax income for the year. The reasons for the differences are as follows:

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Income tax expense at statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$15,977

$16,548

$6,757

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,108

325

1,741

162

793

22

Total income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$18,410

$18,451

$7,572

The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance

sheets are as follows:

Gross deferred tax assets:

September 30,

2011

2010

Compensation not yet deductible for tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,999

$ 9,546

Allowance for uncollectible accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expenses and accruals not yet deductible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net operating loss carryovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

State tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,743

6,154

8,470

184

289

(110)

1,429

5,804

7,503

364

296

—

Total deferred tax assets, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,729

24,942

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

Amortization of goodwill and intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Prepaid expenses deductible for tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(7,431)

(11,012)

(892)

(6,837)

(9,075)

(1,123)

Total deferred tax liabilities, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(19,335)

(17,035)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,394

$ 7,907

The deferred tax assets (liabilities) are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as

follows:

Current deferred tax assets, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

September 30,

2011

2010

$ 7,837

$8,840

(2,443)

(933)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 5,394

$7,907

F-19

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the activity for

the valuation allowance during the year ended

September 30:

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

$ —

$300

$300

Additions
(reductions)
to Income
Tax
Expense

$ 110

$(230)

$ —

Write-offs

$ —

$(70)

$ —

Balance at
End of
Period

$110

$ —

$300

As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately $0.5 million in deferred tax assets related to state net
operating loss and credit carryforwards. These tax attributes will expire in the years 2012 through 2022. During
the year ended September 30, 2011, we established a valuation allowance in the amount of $0.1 million related to
the state net operating loss carry-forwards, as it is more likely than not that the net operating losses will expire
unutilized.

We file income tax returns for federal purposes and in many states. Our tax filings remain subject to
examination by applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time following the tax year to which these filings
relate. Our tax returns for the years ended September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2010 remain subject to
examination by the Internal Revenue Service and our tax returns for the years ended September 30, 2007 through
September 30, 2010 remain subject to examinations by various state taxing authorities.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain
renewal options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees associated with the leases. We recognize
rent expense on a straight-line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased from a related party. Future
minimum rental commitments at September 30, 2011 for all non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 26,335

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26,518
26,313

25,616

24,324

109,467

$238,573

Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $28.6 million, $27.4 million and $27.6 million for the

years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Rent expense includes rent paid to related parties which was approximately $2.4 million, $2.3 million and
$2.3 million for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Since 1991, certain of our
properties have been leased from entities controlled by John C. White, the Chairman of our Board of Directors. A
portion of the property comprising our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease with the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, with the lease term expiring on August 19, 2022. The annual base lease

F-20

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

payments for the first year under this lease totaled approximately $0.3 million, with annual adjustments based on
the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index. Another portion of the property comprising our Orlando
location is occupied pursuant to a lease with Delegates LLC, an entity controlled by the White Family Trust, with
the lease term expiring on August 19, 2022. The beneficiaries of this trust are Mr. White’s children, and the
trustee of the trust is not related to Mr. White. Annual base lease payments for the first year under this lease
totaled approximately $0.7 million, with annual adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of
the total annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the percentage of increase in the Consumer Price
Index. Additionally, since April 1994, we have leased two of our Phoenix properties under one lease from City
Park LLC, a successor in interest of 2844 West Deer Valley LLC and in which the John C. and Cynthia L. White
1989 Family Trust holds a 25% interest. The lease expires on February 28, 2015, and the annual base lease
payments for the first year under this lease, as amended, totaled approximately $0.5 million, with annual
adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately
preceding year or (ii) the percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index. We believe that the rental rates
under these leases approximated fair market rental value of the properties at the time the lease agreements were
negotiated.

Licensing Agreements

In 1997, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the right to use certain materials and trademarks
in the development of our courses and delivery of services on our campuses. The agreement was amended in
March 2008. Under the terms of the amended license agreement, we are committed to pay royalties based upon a
flat per student fee for students who elect and attend the licensed program. Minimum payments are required as
follows: $0.6 million for calendar year 2010 and $0.7 million for calendar years 2011 and 2012. A license fee is
also payable based upon a percentage of net sales related to the sale of any product which bears the licensed
trademark. The royalty and license expenses related to this agreement were $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $0.5
million for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and were recorded in educational
services and facilities expenses. In addition, we are required to pay a minimum marketing and advertising fee for
which in return we receive the right to utilize certain advertising space in the licensor’s published periodicals.
The required marketing and advertising fee is $0.9 million for calendar years 2010 through 2012. The marketing
and advertising fees related to this agreement were $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $1.0 million for the years
ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and were recorded in selling, general and administrative
expenses. The agreement expires December 31, 2012.

In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the right to use certain materials and trademarks
in the development of our courses. The agreement was amended in November 2009. Under the terms of the
amended agreement, we are required to pay a flat per student fee for each program a student completes. There are
no minimum license fees required to be paid. The agreement terminates upon the written notice of either party
providing not less than ninety days notification of intent to terminate. License fees related to this agreement were
$1.5 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010, and 2009,
respectively, and were recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.

In May 2007, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the right to use certain trademarks, trade
names, trade dress and other intellectual property in connection with the operation of our campuses and courses.
We are committed to pay royalties based upon revenue and sponsorship revenue, as defined in the agreement,
from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2017, the expiration of the agreement. The agreement required a
minimum royalty payment of $1.7 million in calendar year 2011. The minimum royalty payments increase by
$0.05 million in each calendar year subsequent to 2010. The expense related to these agreements was $2.0
million, $2.0 million and $1.7 million in the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and
was recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.

F-21

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Vendor Relationships

We have an agreement with a vendor that allows us to purchase promotional tool kits for our students at a
discount from the vendor’s list price. In addition, we earn credits that are redeemable for equipment from the
vendor that we use in our business. Credits are earned on our purchases as well as purchases made by students
enrolled in our programs. We have agreed to grant the vendor exclusive access to our campuses, to display
advertising and to use their tools to train our students. Under the related agreement, which expires in April 2017,
we are required to maintain a minimum balance of $1.0 million in credits earned on student purchases. The
credits under this agreement may be redeemed for additional equipment at the full retail list price, which is more
than we would be required to pay using cash. Upon termination of the agreement, we continue to earn credits
relative to promotional tool kits we purchase or additional tools our active students purchase. We continue to
earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to the last student eligible under the agreement.

Students are provided a voucher which can be redeemed for a tool kit near graduation. The cost of the tool
kits, net of the credit, is accrued during the time period in which the students begin attending school until they
have progressed to the point that the promotional tool kit vouchers are provided. Our consolidated balance sheets
include an accrued tool set liability of $4.7 million and $5.1 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Additionally, our liability to the vendor for vouchers redeemed by students was $1.8 million and
$2.7 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in accounts payable and accrued
expenses in our consolidated balance sheets.

As we have opened new campuses, the vendor has historically advanced us credits for the purchase of tools
or equipment to support our growth. A net prepaid expense with the vendor resulted from an excess of credits
earned over credits used of $2.8 million and $1.3 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Executive Employment Agreements

We have employment agreements with key executives that provide for continued salary payments and
benefits if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause or in the event of a change in control, as
defined in the agreements. The aggregate amount of our commitments under these agreements is approximately
$5.6 million at September 30, 2011.

Change in Control Agreements

We have severance agreements with other executives that provide for continued salary payments if the
employees are terminated for any reason within twelve months subsequent to a change in control. Under the
terms of the agreements, these employees are entitled to between six and twelve months salary at their highest
rate during the previous twelve months. In addition, the employees are eligible to receive the unearned portion of
their target bonus in effect in the year termination occurs and would be eligible to receive medical benefits under
the plans maintained by us at no cost. The aggregate amount of our commitments under these agreements was
approximately $7.1 million at September 30, 2011.

Deferred Compensation Plans

We have deferred compensation agreements with two of our employees, providing for the payment of
deferred compensation to each employee in the event that the employee is no longer employed by us. Under each
agreement, the employee shall receive an amount equal to the compensation the employee would have earned if
the employee had repeated the employment performance of the prior twelve months. We will pay the deferred
compensation in a lump sum or over the period in which the employee would typically have earned the
compensation had the employee been actively employed, at our option. Our commitment under the deferred
compensation agreements was approximately $0.5 million at September 30, 2011, and is included in other
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

F-22

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Additionally, we have established a deferred compensation plan (the Plan) effective April 1, 2010, into
which certain members of management are eligible to defer a maximum of 75% of their regular compensation
and a maximum of 100% of their incentive compensation. Non-employee members of our Board of Directors are
eligible to defer up to 100% of their cash compensation. The amounts deferred by the participant under this Plan
are credited with earnings or losses based upon changes in values of participant elected notional investments.
Each participant is fully vested in the amounts deferred.

We may make contributions at the discretion of our Board of Directors that will generally vest according to
a five year vesting schedule. Distribution elections under the Plan may be for separation from service distribution
or in-service distribution. We are not obligated to fund the Plan; however, we have purchased life insurance
policies on the participants in order to fund the related benefits and such policies have been placed into a rabbi
trust.

Our obligations under the Plan totaled $1.2 million and $0.2 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010,
respectively, and are included in other liabilities while the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies
totaled $1.3 million and $0.2 million at September 30, 2011 and 2010 respectively, and are included in other
assets in our consolidated balance sheets.

Surety Bonds

Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our campuses are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. Additionally, our campuses are required to be authorized
by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our campuses recruit students. Our
insurers issue surety bonds for us on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to
maintain authorization to conduct our business. We are obligated to reimburse our insurers for any surety bonds
that are paid by the insurers. As of September 30, 2011, the total face amount of these surety bonds was
approximately $13.8 million.

Legal

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically subject to lawsuits, demands in arbitration,
investigations, regulatory proceedings or other claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving current or
former students, routine employment matters, business disputes and regulatory demands. When we are aware of a
claim or potential claim, we assess the likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a loss will result
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, we would accrue a liability for the loss. When a loss is
not both probable and estimable, we do not accrue a liability. Where a loss is not probable but is reasonably
possible, including if a loss in excess of an accrued liability is reasonably possible, we determine whether it is
possible to provide an estimate of the amount of the loss or range of possible losses for the claim. Although we
cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations, regulatory proceedings or other
claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceedings to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, results of
operations or financial condition.

12. Common Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of

Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval.

On July 16, 2010 we paid a special cash dividend of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million to common

stockholders of record as of July 6, 2010.

F-23

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Stock Repurchase Program

Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of up to $70.0 million of our common stock in
the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and actual number of shares purchased
depend on a variety of factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements, and prevailing market
conditions. We may terminate or limit the stock repurchase program at any time without prior notice. At
September 30, 2011, we have purchased 3.4 million shares at an average price per share of $13.50 and a total
cost of approximately $46.4 million under this program. We did not make any purchases during the years ended
September 30, 2011 and 2010.

Stock Option and Incentive Compensation Plans

We have two stock-based compensation plans, which we refer to as the Management 2002 Stock Option

Program (2002 Plan) and the 2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (2003 Plan).

The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of
options to purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock. On February 25, 2003, our Board of Directors
authorized an additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock under the 2002 Plan.

Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a four-year period. The expiration date of
options granted under the 2002 Plan is the earlier of the ten-year anniversary of the grant date; the one-year
anniversary of the termination of the participant’s employment by reason of death or disability; 30 days after the
date of the participant’s termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death, disability, cause,
material breach or unsatisfactory performance or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons of
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not intend to grant any additional options under the
2002 Plan.

The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted effective December 22, 2003 upon
consummation of our initial public offering and amended on February 28, 2007 by our stockholders. The 2003
Plan authorizes the issuance of various common stock awards, including stock options, restricted stock and stock
units, for approximately 4.4 million shares of our common stock.

At September 30, 2011, 3.9 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan,

of which 0.7 million shares are available for future grant.

We use historical data to estimate forfeitures. Our estimated forfeitures are adjusted as actual forfeitures
differ from our estimates, resulting in stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that actually vest.
If factors change and different assumptions are employed in future periods, previously recognized stock-based
compensation expense may require adjustment.

The following table summarizes the operating expense line and the impact on net income in the consolidated

statements of income in which stock-based compensation expense has been recorded:

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

Educational services and facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 939

$ 685

$ 573

Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,341

5,209

4,129

Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6,280

$5,894

$4,702

Income tax benefit

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,449

$2,299

$1,810

F-24

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

Stock Options

We issue stock options with exercise prices equal to the closing price of our stock on the grant date and
which generally vest ratably over a four year period. The expiration date of stock options granted under the 2003
Plan is the earlier of the seven or ten-year anniversary of the grant date, based on the terms of the individual
grant; the one-year anniversary of the termination of the participant’s employment by reason of death or
disability; ninety days after the date of the participant’s termination of employment if caused by reasons other
than death, disability, cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date if
termination occurs for reasons of cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance.

We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. The estimated fair value is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a
number of complex and subjective variables, including, but not limited to, our expected stock price volatility, the
expected term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock exercise behaviors. We evaluate our
assumptions on the date of each grant.

Historically, we have calculated the expected volatility using a method that includes an analysis of
companies within our industry sector, including UTI. We believe that due to our limited historical experience as
a public company, the calculated value method provides the best available indicator of the expected volatility
used in our estimates.

In determining our expected term, we have reviewed our historical share option exercise experience and
determined it does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected term due to our limited
historical award and exercise experience. For the year ended September 30, 2009, we applied the simplified
method for calculating the expected term which is the weighted mid-point between vesting date and the
expiration date of the stock option agreement. The stock options granted during the year ended September 30,
2009 vest 25% each year for four years and have a seven or ten-year life.

We determine the risk-free interest rate of our awards using the implied yield currently available for
zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the options. We have
not historically paid dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50 paid July 16, 2010. Therefore, we
have historically used an expected dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used for stock option grants made during
the year ended September 30, 2009. We did not grant stock options during the years ended September 30, 2011
and 2010.

Year Ended September 30,
2009

Expected years until exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4

2.1%

41.3%

—

F-25

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 2002 and 2003 Plans:

Number of Shares
(In thousands)

Outstanding at September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock options expired or forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at September 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stock options exercisable at September 30, 2011 . . . .

Stock options expected to vest at September 30,

1,365

(174)

(26)

1,165

1,123

Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
per Share

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$21.19

3.82

$4,102

$23.49

$23.88

2.85

2.83

$ 566

$ 535

2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

$13.15

3.28

$

30

As of September 30, 2011, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to non-vested stock options

was $0.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 years.

The total fair value of options which vested during the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was
$0.3 million, $1.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is
based on our closing stock price of $13.59 as of September 30, 2011. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the
total intrinsic value that would have been received by the stock option holders had all option holders exercised
their options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended
September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.5 million, $3.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The
weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options granted during the year ended September 30, 2009
was $4.17.

The amount of cash received and associated tax benefits for stock options exercised are summarized as

follows:

Cash received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tax benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted Stock

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

$950

$961

$3,775

$1,473

$583

$318

Our restricted stock awards are issued at fair market value which is determined by our closing prices of our
stock on the grant date. The restrictions on these awards generally lapse ratably over a four or five year period
based on the terms of the individual grant. The restrictions associated with our restricted stock awarded under the
2003 Plan will lapse upon the death, disability, or if, within one year following a change of control, employment
is terminated without cause or for good reason. If employment is terminated for any other reason, all shares of
restricted stock shall be forfeited upon termination.

F-26

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under the 2003 Plan:

Number of Shares
(In thousands)

Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock awarded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted stock forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2011 . . . . . . . .

914

606

(301)

(99)

1,120

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

$17.50

$15.01

$17.40

$17.79

$16.15

As of September 30, 2011, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was

$16.0 million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

Market Shares

The market condition for market shares is based on total shareholder return which is the comparison of the
change in our stock price and dividends to the change in stock price and dividends of the companies included in a
nationally recognized stock index for the measurement periods included in the grant. On the settlement date for each
measurement period, participants will receive shares of our common stock equal to 0% to 200% of the market
shares originally granted depending on where our total shareholder return ranks among the companies included in
the related index for that measurement period. The market shares vest subject to a market condition and on the
settlement date which is expected to be no later than 2 1⁄ 2 months after the end of each measurement period.

We estimate the fair value of market shares using a Monte Carlo simulation which requires assumptions for
expected volatilities, correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and dividend yields. Expected volatilities
are derived using a method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal to the length of the
measurement period for UTI and the companies included in the related index. Correlation coefficients are based
on the same data used to calculate historical volatilities and are used to model how our stock price moves in
relation to the companies in the related index. We use a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the yield of a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with each measurement period, and we assume that any
dividends paid were reinvested.

To receive the market shares awarded for a measurement period, participants are required to be employed by
the company on the settlement date unless one of the following conditions is met. Upon death or disability of a
participant, determination of whether, and to what extent the market condition has been achieved will be made
based on actual performance against the stated criteria through the death or disability date. If an employee is
terminated or leaves for good cause within one year following a change in control, a determination of whether,
and to what extent the market condition has been achieved will be based on actual performance against the stated
criteria through the change in control date. If employment is terminated for any other reason, all unvested market
shares shall be forfeited upon termination.

The September 2010 grant included a measurement period of 36 months and the September 2009 grant
included measurement periods of 12 months, 24 months and 36 months. We did not grant market shares during
the year ended September 30, 2011. The market shares do not have voting rights or rights to dividends.

Compensation expense for the market shares is recognized over the requisite periods. All compensation
expense for the grant will be recognized for participants who fulfill the requisite service period, regardless of
whether the market condition for issuing shares is satisfied.

F-27

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes market share activity under the 2003 Plan:

Nonvested market shares outstanding at September 30, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Market shares cancelled(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Market shares vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Market shares forfeited(2)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nonvested market shares outstanding at September 30, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

99

(8)

(9)

(7)

75

Number of Shares
(In thousands)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share

$26.59

$26.01

$19.64

$26.67

$26.72

(1) Relates to market shares assumed vested at the end of the prior year measurement period which did not

actually vest on the subsequent settlement date.

(2) Relates to employee terminations.

As of September 30, 2011, unrecognized stock compensation expense related to market shares was $1.0

million which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan that allows eligible employees to purchase our common stock up
to an aggregate of 0.3 million shares at semi-annual intervals through periodic payroll deductions. The number of
shares of common stock issued under this plan was 0.02 million shares, 0.01 million shares and 0.02 million
shares for the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We received proceeds of $0.3
million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our
plan provides for a market price discount of 5% and application of the market price discount to the closing stock
price at the end of each offering period. In July 2010, the plan was amended to remove the requirement that cash
dividends on stock credited to a participant’s account be automatically reinvested in additional shares of stock.

13. Earnings per Share

Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.
For the years ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 1.1 million shares, 0.6 million shares
and 1.2 million shares, respectively, which could be issued under outstanding stock-based grants, were not
included in the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive.

The calculation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted

net income per share is as follows:

Weighted average number of shares

Basic shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dilutive effect related to employee stock plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,427
313

24,041
470

24,246
381

Diluted shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,740

24,511

24,627

Year Ended September 30,

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)

F-28

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

14. Defined Contribution Employee Benefit Plan

We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) plan, under which our employees elect to withhold specified
amounts from their wages to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility with respect to the
plan. The plan provides for matching a portion of employees’ contributions at management’s discretion. All
contributions and matches by us are invested at the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or
cash. We made matching contributions of approximately $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.3 million for the years
ended September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

15. Segment Information

Our principal business is providing postsecondary education. We also provide manufacturer-specific
training, and these operations are managed separately from our campus operations. These operations do not
currently meet the quantitative criteria for segments and therefore are reflected in the Other category. Corporate
expenses are allocated to Postsecondary Education and the Other category based on compensation expense.

Summary information by reportable segment is as follows as of and for the years ended September 30:

2011

2010

2009

Revenues

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$443,510
8,390

$427,292
8,629

$351,544
15,091

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$451,900

$435,921

$366,635

Income (loss) from operations

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 48,983
(3,878)

$ 49,559
(3,009)

$ 21,533
(2,892)

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 45,105

$ 46,550

$ 18,641

Depreciation and amortization

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24,265
577

$ 19,295
593

$ 16,844
724

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24,842

$ 19,888

$ 17,568

Net income (loss)

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 29,503
(2,265)

$ 30,561
(1,733)

$ 13,506
(1,773)

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 27,238

$ 28,828

$ 11,733

Goodwill

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 20,579
—

$ 20,579
—

$ 20,579
—

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 20,579

$ 20,579

$ 20,579

Total assets

Postsecondary education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$263,391
2,196

$239,955
2,544

$219,054
4,297

Consolidated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$265,587

$242,499

$223,351

F-29

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

16. Government Regulation and Financial Aid

Our institutions are subject

to extensive regulation by federal and state governmental agencies and
accrediting bodies. In particular, HEA, and the regulations promulgated thereunder by ED, subject
the
institutions to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy in order
to participate in the various federal student financial assistance programs under Title IV of the HEA.

To participate in the Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction
by relevant state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by ED and be
certified as an eligible institution by ED. ED will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV Programs
only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and ED’s extensive regulations regarding
institutional eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance to ED on an ongoing basis.

State Authorization

Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable state education agency where the institution is
located to operate and grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our institutions are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. Additionally, our institutions are required to be authorized
by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which our institutions recruit students. If any
one of our campuses were to lose its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the campus is
located, that campus would be unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close that campus. If one of
our campuses were to lose its authorization from a state other than the state in which the campus is located, that
campus would not be able to recruit students in that state.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution voluntarily submits to ongoing
qualitative reviews by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the
academic quality of the institution’s instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as
confirmation that
the institution’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting
commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure
that each institution has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an ED recognized commission is required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for
their review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are accredited by the Accrediting Commission of
Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC), an accrediting commission recognized by ED.

An accrediting commission may place an institution on reporting status to monitor one or more specified
areas of performance in relation to the accreditation standards. An institution placed on reporting status is
required to report periodically to the accrediting commission on that institution’s performance in the area or areas
specified by the commission.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress has historically
reauthorized the HEA approximately every five to six years and the last reauthorization took place in 2008.
Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

90/10 Rule

A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of
its revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years as calculated under a cash basis formula
mandated by ED. The loss of such eligibility would begin on the first day following the conclusion of the second

F-30

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

consecutive year in which the institution exceeded the 90% limit and, as such, any Title IV Program funds
already received by the institution and its students during a period of ineligibility would have to be returned to
ED or a lender, if applicable. Additionally, if an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place
the institution on provisional certification for a period of at
two years. During the years ended
September 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 75%, 73% and 73% respectively, of our revenues, on a cash
basis, were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

least

Federal Student Loan Defaults

To remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, institutions must maintain federal student loan cohort
default rates below specified levels. An institution whose cohort default rate is 25% or more for three consecutive
federal fiscal years (FFYs) or 40% for any given FFY loses eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV
Programs. This sanction is effective for the remainder of the FFY in which the institution lost its eligibility and
for the two subsequent FFYs.

Financial Responsibility Standards

All

institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific ED standards of financial
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change of control of the institution.

The institution’s financial responsibility is measured by its composite score which is calculated by ED based
on (i) the equity ratio which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
(ii) the primary reserve ratio which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from
expendable resources; and (iii) the net income ratio which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.
An institution that does not meet ED’s minimum composite score may demonstrate its financial responsibility by
posting a letter of credit in favor of the ED in an amount equal to at least 50% of the Title IV Program funds
received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year and possibly accepting other conditions
on its participation in the Title IV Programs.

ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our institutions on a consolidated basis based on the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. as the parent company. ED’s regulations permit ED to
examine the financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the financial statements of each institution
and the financial statements of any related party. Our composite score has exceeded the required minimum
composite score of 1.5 for each of our fiscal years since 2004.

Return of Title IV Funds

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program
funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them.
The institution must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate lending institution in a timely manner,
which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn. If an
institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the
students in the audit or program review sample, the institution must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an
amount equal to 25% of the total Title IV Program funds that should have been returned in the previous fiscal year.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we, like other industry participants, may be subject from
time to time to investigations, claims of non-compliance, or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties,
which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions, or common law causes of action.

There can be no assurance that other regulatory agencies or third parties will not undertake investigations or
make claims against us, or that such claims, if made, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, cash
flows, results of operations or financial condition.

F-31

UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
($’s in thousands except per share amounts)

17. Quarterly Financial Summary (Unaudited)

Year ended September 30, 2011

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$117,447

$114,161

$108,934

$111,358

$451,900

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,853

$ 11,390

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,256

Income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended September 30, 2010

$

$

0.42

0.42

First
Quarter

$

$

$

6,995

0.29

0.28

$

$

$

$

6,706

4,036

0.16

0.16

$ 10,156

$ 45,105

$

$

$

5,951

$ 27,238

0.24

0.24

$

$

1.12

1.10

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Fiscal
Year

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$103,522

$105,631

$107,525

$119,243

$435,921

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 15,056

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income per share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

9,280

0.39

0.38

$

$

$

$

9,884

6,046

0.25

0.25

$

$

$

$

9,857

6,286

0.26

0.25

$ 11,753

$ 46,550

$

$

$

7,216

$ 28,828

0.30

0.29

$

$

1.20

1.18

The summation of quarterly per share information does not equal amounts for the full year as quarterly
calculations are performed on a discrete basis. Additionally, securities may have had an anti-dilutive effect
during individual quarters but not for the full year.

F-32

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Kimberly J. McWaters, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 30, 2011

/s/ KIMBERLY J. MCWATERS

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Eugene S. Putnam, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures
to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including
its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of
an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 30, 2011

/s/ EUGENE S. PUTNAM, JR.

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K
for the year ending September 30, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the “Report”), I, Kimberly J. McWaters, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, to the best of
my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition

and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented.

Dated: November 30, 2011

/s/ KIMBERLY J. MCWATERS

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chief Executive Officer
Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and will be retained by Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant

to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the
Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by
reference.

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K
for the year ending September 30, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the “Report”), I, Eugene S. Putnam, Jr., President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, to
the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition

and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented.

Dated: November 30, 2011

/s/ EUGENE S. PUTNAM, JR.
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President, Chief Financial Officer
Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and will be retained by Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

This certification accompanies this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant

to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by such Act, be deemed filed by the
Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by
reference.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Board of Directors

John C. White
Director 
Chairman of the Board
Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

Kimberly J. McWaters
Director 
Chief Executive Offi  cer
Universal Technical Institute, Inc.

David A. Blaszkiewicz
Director
President, Invest Detroit and
Chief Executive Offi  cer,
Downtown Detroit Partnership

Alan E. Cabito
Director
Former Group Vice President,
Sales Administration
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.

A. Richard Caputo, Jr.
Director
Member and Senior Principal
The Jordan Company, L.P.

Conrad A. Conrad
Director
Former Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Offi  cer
The Dial Corporation

Dr. Roderick R. Paige
Director
Former United States
Secretary of Education

Roger S. Penske
Director
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Offi  cer
Penske Auto Group, Inc.

Linda J. Srere
Director
Former President
Young and Rubicam Advertising

Kenneth R. Trammell
Director
Chief Financial Offi  cer
Tenneco, Inc.

Corporate Offi  cers 

John C. White
Chairman of the Board

Kimberly J. McWaters
Chief Executive Offi  cer 

Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President and Chief 
Financial Offi  cer 

Richard P. Crain
Senior Vice President 
of Marketing and Strategy

Kenneth J. Cranston
Senior Vice President 
of Admissions 

Chad A. Freed
General Counsel, Senior Vice 
President of Business 
Development and Secretary

Bryce H. Peterson
Vice President of Information 
Technology

Thomas E. Riggs
Senior Vice President 
of Operations 

Rhonda R. Turner 
Senior Vice President 
of People Services

Requests for Investor Information

Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
Investor Relations
16220 North Scottsdale Road
Suite 100
Scottsdale, Arizona 85254
(623) 445-9500

The Company will furnish a copy of the 
2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K without 
charge upon a written request to the 
address above.  In addition, the electronic 
version of the Annual Report can be 
found at www.uti.edu, under the captions 
Investors—Financial Information—
Annual Reports.

UTI has submitted the requisite 
certiﬁ cation regarding its corporate 
governance listing standards to the New 
York Stock Exchange.

Common Stock
Traded on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the symbol UTI

Transfer Agent
BNY Mellon 
P.O. Box 358015 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15252-8015
(877) 296-3711

Independent Accountants 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1850 North Central Avenue
Suite 700
Phoenix, Arizona 85004

AVONDALE, ARIZONA

RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CALIFORNIA

SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA

ORLANDO, FLORIDA

GLENDALE HEIGHTS, ILLINOIS

NORWOOD, MASSACHUSETTS

MOORESVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA

EXTON, PENNSYLVANIA

DALLAS/FT. WORTH, TEXAS

HOUSTON, TEXAS

PHOENIX, ARIZONA
ORLANDO, FLORIDA

ORLANDO, FLORIDA 

MOORESVILLE, NORTH CAROLINA

UTI.edu